You are on page 1of 310

UNIVERSITY OF MINDANAO

College of Arts and Sciences Education


Languages Discipline

Physically Distanced but Academically Engaged

Self-Instructional Manual (SIM) for Self-Directed Learning (SDL)

Course/Subject:

GE-2 (Purposive Communication)

Name of Teacher:

JONATHAN L. CABRADILLA LPT, Ph.D.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

COURSE OUTLINE POLICY .................................................................................... 1


COURSE INFORMATION
CC’s Voice ..................................................................................................... 5
CO ................................................................................................................ 5
BIG PICTURE ........................................................................................................... 6
UNIT LEARNING OUTCOMES (ULO) ...................................................................... 6
WEEK 1
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-a.............................................................................6
METALANGUAGE .................................................................................................... 6
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
1. The Characteristics of Communication ........................................................... 7
2. Evolution of Communication ...........................................................................8
3. Communication Process................................................................................. 9
4. Elements of Communication ......................................................................... 11
SELF-HELP ............................................................................................................ 11
LET’S CHECK
Activity 1: ....…………………………………………,, ...................................... 12
Activity 2 ....................................................................................................... 13
Activity 3: ……………………………………….......….………………………..…
15 Q & A LIST……………………………………………………………………………….....
16 KEYWORDS INDEX…………………………………………………………………..…..
16
WEEK 2
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-b........................................................................... 17
METALANGUAGE .................................................................................................. 17
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
1. Types of Communication According to the Number of Persons .................... 17
2. Types of Communication According to the Medium Employed ..................... 18
3. Ethics of Communication ............................................................................. 19
4. Principles of Communication ....................................................................... 20
SELF-HELP ........................................................................................................... 21
LET’S CHECK
Activity 4: Reading Text on Mass Communication ....................................... 22
Activity 5 .......................................................................................................27
Activity 6 .......................................................................................................30
Q & A LIST............................................................................................................. 31
KEYWORDS INDEX .............................................................................................. 31

WEEK 3
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-c .......................................................................... 32
METALANGUAGE ................................................................................................. 32
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
1. Communication in Multicultural Setting ........................................................ 33
2. Factors that Affect Cross/Multi-cultural Communication............................... 34
3. Ethnocentrism ............................................................................................. 35
4. Cultural Relativism ...................................................................................... 36
5. Cultural Appreciation ................................................................................... 36
6. Cultural Appropriation .................................................................................. 36
7. Cultural Practices and their Roles in Communication .................................. 37
SELF-HELP ............................................................................................................38
LET’S CHECK
Activity 7 ...................................................................................................... 39
Activity 8 ...................................................................................................... 40
Activity 9 .......................................................................................................42
Q & A LIST............................................................................................................. 43
KEYWORDS INDEX .............................................................................................. 43

WEEK 4
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-a.......................................................................... 44
METALANGUAGE ................................................................................................. 44
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
8. Implications of Globalization to Communication .......................................... 45
SELF-HELP ............................................................................................................46
LET’S CHECK
Activity 1: Reading Text: the Flight from Conversation by Sherry Turkle ...... 47
Activity 2 ...................................................................................................... 55
Activity 3 .......................................................................................................57
Q & A LIST............................................................................................................. 58
KEYWORDS INDEX .............................................................................................. 58

BIG PICTURE ........................................................................................................ 59


UNIT LEARNING OUTCOMES (ULO) ................................................................... 59
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-b.......................................................................... 59
METALANGUAGE ................................................................................................. 59
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
1. Varieties and Registers of Spoken and Written English ................................59
A. Language Register ................................................................................. 60
B. Varieties of Language .............................................................................61
SELF-HELP ........................................................................................................... 63
LET’S CHECK
Activity 4 ...................................................................................................... 64
Activity 5 ...................................................................................................... 65
Activity 6 ...................................................................................................... 69
Q & A LIST............................................................................................................. 70
KEYWORDS INDEX .............................................................................................. 70

WEEK 5
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-c .......................................................................... 71
METALANGUAGE ................................................................................................. 71
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
1. Evaluating Messages and Images ............................................................... 71
2. Multimodal Text
A. Multimodal Text in Infographic ...................................................... 73
B. Multimodal Text in Advertisements ............................................... 74
C. Multimodal Text in Fund-Raising (For-A-Cause) Posters .............. 75
SELF-HELP ........................................................................................................... 76
LET’S CHECK
Activity 7 .......................................................................................................77
Activity 8 .......................................................................................................81
Q & A LIST............................................................................................................. 82
KEYWORDS INDEX .............................................................................................. 82

BIG PICTURE .........................................................................................................83


UNIT LEARNING OUTCOMES (ULO) ................................................................... 83
WEEK 6
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-a.......................................................................... 83
METALANGUAGE ................................................................................................. 83
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
5. Viewpoints Pertaining to Communication .................................................... 84
6. Rising above Language Barriers ................................................................. 85
7. The Birth of Sign Language ......................................................................... 85
8. The flexibility of Human Language vis-à-vis Sign Languages ...................... 85
9. Sign Language and It’s Existence ............................................................... 86
10. Some Examples of Sign Languages ............................................................ 86
11. Sign Language Relativity ............................................................................. 88
12. Advantages of Sign Language .................................................................... 89
SELF-HELP ............................................................................................................89
LET’S CHECK
Activity 1A: Sign Languages in the Philippines .............................................89
Activity 1B: Sign Languages in the Global Setting ....................................... 90
IN A NUTSHELL .................................................................................................... 92
Q & A LIST............................................................................................................. 93
KEYWORDS INDEX .............................................................................................. 93
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-b.......................................................................... 94
METALANGUAGE ................................................................................................. 94
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
5. Audio-visual Aids ..........................................................................................95
6. Activating Audio and Visual Senses ............................................................ 95
7. PowerPoint Presentation ............................................................................. 96
8. Web-based Application ............................................................................... 99
SELF-HELP ......................................................................................................... 100

LET’S CHECK
Activity 2: PowerPoint Slides Assessment ................................................. 101
IN A NUTSHELL .................................................................................................. 106
Q & A LIST........................................................................................................... 107
KEYWORDS INDEX ............................................................................................ 108
WEEK 7
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-c ........................................................................ 109
METALANGUAGE ............................................................................................... 109
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
9. Blog ........................................................................................................... 110
10. Multi-modal Texts: Refresher Inputs
vis-à-vis Previous Insights ......................................................................... 112
LET’S CHECK
Activity 3A: Name that Text: What is that?! ................................................ 115
Activity 3B: Multi-modality Preference ....................................................... 116
IN A NUTSHELL .................................................................................................. 118
Q & A LIST........................................................................................................... 119
WEEK 8
BIG PICTURE ...................................................................................................... 120
UNIT LEARNING OUTCOMES (ULO) ................................................................. 120
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-a........................................................................ 120
METALANGUAGE ............................................................................................... 120
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
2. Speech Defined ..........................................................................................121
3. Types of Speeches
C. Read Speech ........................................................................................123
D. Memorized Speech ...............................................................................123
E. Impromptu Speech ............................................................................... 125
F. Extemporaneous Speech ..................................................................... 126
SELF-HELP ......................................................................................................... 127

LET’S CHECK
Activity 1A: Post it. Share It: Read Speech ................................................ 127
Activity 1B: Post it. Share it: Memorized Speech ....................................... 128
Activity 1C: Post it. Share it: Impromptu Speech ....................................... 128
Activity D: Post it. Share it: Extemporaneous Speech ................................ 129
IN A NUTSHELL .................................................................................................. 130
Q & A LIST........................................................................................................... 130
KEYWORDS INDEX ............................................................................................ 130
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-b........................................................................ 131
METALANGUAGE ............................................................................................... 132
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
3. Public Speaking ........................................................................................ 133
4. The Writing Stage...................................................................................... 134
SELF-HELP ......................................................................................................... 137
LET’S CHECK
Activity 2: Identify & Justify .........................................................................138
IN A NUTSHELL .................................................................................................. 141
Q & A LIST........................................................................................................... 142
KEYWORDS INDEX ............................................................................................ 142
WEEK 9
BIG PICTURE IN FOCUS: ULO-c ........................................................................ 143
METALANGUAGE ............................................................................................... 143
ESSENTIAL KNOWLEDGE
1. The Preparatory Stage .............................................................................. 144
2. Visual Aids Preparation:
Supplementary Ideas Concerning Previous Insights................................... 146
3. The Delivery Stage .................................................................................... 147
SELF-HELP ......................................................................................................... 151
LET’S CHECK
Activity 3A: Watch & Learn ........................................................................ 151
Activity 3B: Speech Delivery- A Pre-test Activity.........................................153
IN A NUTSHELL ...................................................................................................155
Q & A LIST........................................................................................................... 156
KEYWORDS INDEX ............................................................................................ 157

Weeks 10-13
Big Picture ........................................................................................................... 158
I. Communication for Work Purposes ................................................................... 158
A. Business ....................................................................................................163
B. Health ....................................................................................................... 168
C. Education .................................................................................................. 171
D. Science ..................................................................................................... 181
E. Social Media.............................................................................................. 182
ULO ..................................................................................................................... 158
Metalanguage ...................................................................................................... 158
Essential Knowledge ............................................................................................ 185
Self-Help .............................................................................................................. 187
Let’s Check .......................................................................................................... 187
Let’s Analyze ....................................................................................................... 188
In a Nutshell ......................................................................................................... 190
Q & A List............................................................................................................. 192
Keyword Index ..................................................................................................... 193
Big Picture .......................................................................................................... 193
ULO ..................................................................................................................... 193
Metalanguage ...................................................................................................... 193
Essential Knowledge........................................................................................... 206
Self-Help ...............................................................................................................208
Let’s Check .......................................................................................................... 209
Let’s Analyze ........................................................................................................210
In a Nutshell ......................................................................................................... 211
Q & A List............................................................................................................. 215
Keyword Index ..................................................................................................... 216
Big Picture ............................................................................................................216
I. Technical Writing .............................................................................................. 216
A. Application Letter .................................................................................. 235
B. Resume’................................................................................................ 237
C. Minutes of the Meeting .......................................................................... 241
D. Memorandum........................................................................................ 249

ULO ......................................................................................................................216
Metalanguage ...................................................................................................... 216
Essential Knowledge.............................................................................................255
Self-help .............................................................................................................. 257
Let’s Check .......................................................................................................... 258
Let’s Analyze ....................................................................................................... 259
In a Nutshell ......................................................................................................... 260
Q & A ................................................................................................................... 263
Keywords Index ................................................................................................... 263

Weeks 14-18
Big Picture ............................................................................................................264
ULO ......................................................................................................................264
Metalanguage ...................................................................................................... 264
Essential Knowledge.............................................................................................265
Self-Help .............................................................................................................. 266
Let’s Check .......................................................................................................... 267
Let’s Analyze ....................................................................................................... 268
In a Nutshell ......................................................................................................... 271
Q & A ................................................................................................................... 274
Keywords Index ................................................................................................... 275
Big Picture ............................................................................................................274
ULO ......................................................................................................................274
Metalanguage ...................................................................................................... 274
Essential Knowledge.............................................................................................285
Self-Help .............................................................................................................. 287
Let’s Check .......................................................................................................... 288
Let’s Analyze ....................................................................................................... 289
In a Nutshell ......................................................................................................... 290
Q & A ................................................................................................................... 291
Keywords Index ................................................................................................... 291
References ...........................................................................................................292
Course Outline: GE 2 – Purposive Communication

Course Coordinator:
JONATHAN L. CABRADILLA, LPT, Ph.D.
Email:
jcabradilla@umindanao.edu.ph
Student Consultation: Done by online (LMS) or thru text, emails or calls
Mobile 09257451216/09465914085
Phone: (082) 226 1049
Effectivity Date: May 25, 2020
Mode of Delivery: Blended (On-line with Face-to-Face or Virtual Sessions)
Time Frame: 54 Hours
Student Workload: Expected Self-Directing Learning
Requisites:
None
Credit:
6 units
Attendance Requirement:
A minimum of 95% attendance is required at all
scheduled Virtual or face to face sessions

Course Outline Policy

Areas of Concern Details


Contact and Non-contact Hours This 6-unit course self-instructional manual is designed
for blended learning mode of instructional delivery with
scheduled face to face or virtual sessions. The
expected number of hours will be 54, including the face
to face or virtual sessions. The face to face sessions
shall include the summative assessment tasks (exams)
if warranted.
Assessment Task Submission of performance tasks shall be on the 3rd,
5th, 7th, 9th, 11th, 13th, 15th, and 18th weeks of the
semester. The assessment paper shall be attached
with a cover page indicating the title of the assessment
task (if the task is a performance), the name of the
course coordinator, date of submission, and the name
of the student. The document should be emailed to the
course coordinator. It is also expected that you already
paid your tuition and other fees before the submission
of the assessment task.
If the assessment task is done in real-time through the
features in the Blackboard Learning Management
System, the schedule shall be arranged ahead of time
by the course coordinator.

1
Turnitin Submission To ensure honesty and authenticity, all assessment
tasks are required to be submitted through Turnitin
with a maximum similarity index of 30% allowed. This
means that if your paper goes beyond 30%, the
students will either opt to redo her/his paper or explain
in writing addressed to the course coordinator the
reasons for the similarity. In addition, if the paper has
reached a more than 30% similarity index, the student
may be called for disciplinary action following with the
University’s OPM on Intellectual and Academic
Honesty.

Please note that academic dishonesty such as cheating


and commissioning other students or people to
complete the task for you have severe punishments
(reprimand, warning, expulsion).

Penalties for Late Assignments/ The score for an assessment item submitted after the
Assessments designated time on the due date, without an approved
extension of time, will be reduced by 5% of the possible
maximum score for that assessment item for each day
or part-day that the assessment item is late.

However, if the late submission of the assessment


paper has a valid reason, a letter of explanation should
be submitted and approved by the course coordinator.
If necessary, you will also be required to present/attach
pieces of evidence.
Return of Assignments/ Assessment tasks will be returned to you two (2) weeks
Assessments after the submission. This will be returned by email or
via the Blackboard portal.
For group assessment tasks, the course coordinator
will require some or a few of the students for online or
virtual sessions to ask clarificatory questions to validate
the originality of the assessment task submitted and to
ensure that all the group members are involved.
Assignment Resubmission You should request in writing addressed to the course
coordinator his/her intention to resubmit an assessment
task. The resubmission is premised on the student’s
failure to comply with the similarity index and other
reasonable grounds such as academic literacy
standards or other reasonable circumstances,
e.g., illness, accident, or financial constraints.
Re-marking of Assessment You should request in writing addressed to the program
Papers and Appeal coordinator your intention to appeal or contest the
score given to an assessment task. The letter should
explicitly explain the reasons/points to contest the
grade. The program coordinator shall communicate
with the students on the approval and disapproval of
the request.
If disapproved by the course coordinator, you can
elevate your case to the program head or the dean with
the original letter of request. The final decision will
come from the dean of the college.

2
Grading System All culled from BlackBoard sessions and traditional
contact
Course discussions/exercises – 25%
1st exam – 5%
2nd exam – 10%
3rd exam – 5%
4th exam – 5%
5th exam – 5%
6th exam – 5%
7th exam – 10%
JESI Interactive Component – 15%

All culled from on-campus/onsite sessions (TBA):


Final exam – 15%

Submission of the final grades shall follow the


usual University system and procedures.

Preferred Referencing Style Use the 7th Edition of the APA Publication Manual

Student Communication You are required to create a umindanao email


account, which is a requirement to access the
BlackBoard portal. Then, the course coordinator shall
enroll the students to have access to the materials and
resources of the course. All communication formats:
chat, submission of assessment tasks, requests, etc.
shall be through the portal and other university
recognized platforms.

You can also meet the course coordinator in person


through the scheduled face to face sessions to raise
your issues and concerns.

For students who have not created their student email,


please contact the course coordinator or program
head.
Contact Details of the Dean Dr. Khristine Marie D. Concepcion
Email: artsciences@umindanao.edu.ph Phone:
(082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Contact Details of the Program Dr. Edwin L. Nebria


Head Email: edwin_nebria@umindanao.edu.ph
Phone: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 149

Students with Special Needs Students with special needs shall communicate with
the course coordinator about the nature of his or her
special needs. Depending on the nature of the need,
the course coordinator, with the approval of the
program coordinator, may provide alternative
assessment tasks or extension of the deadline for
submission of assessment tasks. However, the
alternative assessment tasks should still be in the
service of achieving the desired course learning
outcomes.

3
Instructional Help Desk Dr. Khristine Marie D. Concepcion - Dean
Contact Details Email: artsciences@umindanao.edu.ph Phone:
(082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134
Rosyl S. Matin-ao – College LMS Facilitator
Email: rosyl_matinao@umindanao.edu.ph
Phone: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 149
Library Contact Details Brigida E. Bacani
Email: library@umindanao.edu.ph
Phone: (082) 300-5456
Hotline No.: 0951-376-6681
Well-being Welfare Support Held GSTC Head: Ronadora Diala
Desk Contact Details Email:
Phone: (082) 300-5456

GSTC Facilitator: Carizza Mari C. Tinanac


Email: crizzamari_tinanac@umindanao.edu.ph
Phone: 0977-805-8911

4
Course Information: see/downloadcoursesyllabusintheBlackboardLMS

CC’s Voice: Welcome to the course GE 2: Purposive Communication.


With the creation of life comes the creation of a human’s ability
to communicate. Communication today, more than ever, has become
more riveting and convoluted as we explore our similarities and
differences in a multicultural world. That is why it is very important
that you learn to communicate purposefully in a world full of diverse
people. Purposive communication means your ability to strategically
make use of multimodal resources and appropriately choose an
accurate language register for your desired audience. As a whole,
purposive communication is not just your ability to deliver your
message successfully. Still, it also entails your ability to send your
message with purpose, respect, understanding, and acceptance of
other people regardless of their culture, age, and gender.

CO For you to be purposeful with your communication, you must


describe and understand the nature, elements, and functions of
verbal and non-verbal communication in various and multicultural
contexts, which is the ultimate course outcome (CO) of this subject.
This course deals with the nature of communication and how
culture and global issues shape communication. You will also learn to
appreciate how communication affects our society in the 21st century.
In this course, you will also learn how to design and present
ideas in local and global contexts using different multimedia and
multimodal strategies. You will also realize the importance of
designing effective and appropriate communication materials in your
future workplace. With this ability, you will be more equipped to send
your message to your desired audience successfully.
With Purposive Communication, you will learn to write and
present research or an academic paper with the use of appropriate
tone, styles, and conventions. This ability will further equip you as you
go higher on the academic ladder of success.

Let us begin!

5
Week 1-3: Unit Learning Outcomes (ULO):
At the end of the unit, you are expected to
a. Describe the characteristics, evolution, process, and elements of
communication;
b. Articulate the types, 7C’s, ethics, and principles of communication; and
c. Appreciate communication in multicultural settings.

Metalanguage

In this section, the essential terms relevant to the study of the nature of
communication and to demonstrate, ULO-a will be operationally defined to establish
a common frame of reference as to how the texts work. You will encounter these
terms as we go through the study of the nature of communication. Please refer to
these definitions in case you will encounter difficulty in understanding some concepts.

1. Meaning and definitions of Communication:


• Communication is a basic requirement in the success of any individual. Every
profession requires communication as a basic key to a professional’s success.
• Communication is also essential for a good and productive society.
Basically, there would be no society without communication. The
success and failure of society rely greatly on its people’s
communication.
• Communication involves the encoding, sending, and decoding of a message
to the desired audience.
• Communication is a process by which we assign and convey meaning with
the desire to have a common and shared understanding of the
message.
• Communication helps you build connections with other people from
different places with different beliefs, customs, and cultures.
• Communication allows you to have a better understanding of the people
and world around you.
• Communication enables you to inform, persuade, and motivate the people
around you.

2. The evolution of communication is the record of past events on how


communication started and evolved into what it is as of the present.

6
3. Characteristics of communication explain the distinct qualities and
attributes of communication that a person must know for the success of the
communication process.

4. The process of communication is the series of steps that servers as a guide


that will lead to a common understanding between the sender and the
receiver.

5. Elements of communication are components that the sender and receiver


consider in the exchange of ideas.

Essential Knowledge

To perform the aforesaid big picture (unit learning outcomes) for the first three
(3) weeks of the course, you need to fully understand the following essential
knowledge that will be laid down in the succeeding pages. Please note that you are
not limited to refer to these resources exclusively. Thus, you are expected to utilize
other books, research articles, and other resources that are available in the
university’s library, e.g., library, search.proquest.com, etc.

1. The characteristics of Communication. Communication is a process of


exchanging ideas, information, emotions, and other forms of messages from
one person to another. It is deemed necessary in one’s success in life. Here
are a few, among many, characteristics of communication.

1.1 Communication is the blood-line of society


In the absence of communication, there will be no society. All forms of
society have communication. Even the kingdom of animals has its own forms
of communication, which are very necessary for their survival. In all of our
undertakings, communication is a vital requirement (Tendero, Antonio, Mora,
Tanuecoz, Babia, & Cruz, 2009).

1.2 Communication is basic to success


Proper communication is making a business a success. Your ability to
say what you feel, express your ideas, persuade others to believe in you, and
convince them to react or respond to you are all factors to a successful career
(Tendero, Antonio, Mora, Tanuecoz, Babia, & Cruz, 2009).

1.3 Communication allows you to create networks and build stronger


relationships.
Your ability to communicate allows you to make friends, extend your
network or circle of people around you, and build relationships with people
from different places.

1.4 Communication is everywhere

7
Communication is constant, which means it is everywhere. Wherever
you go, whatever you, whoever you are with, communication will always be
present. The moment you wake up and think of what breakfast to eat, or a
simple thought of planning your day, is a form of communication within the self.
At the very least, smiling at someone is already a form of sending a message;
thus, a form of communication.

1.5 Communication is a two-way process


One of the very nature of communication is its requirement of a
sender and a receiver. Since one can communicate within the self
(intrapersonal communication), communication may not necessarily require
two individuals. It only needs a sender and a receiver, along with its other
elements, for the communication to process.

1.6 Communication is complex


Communication is not easy, with its many components and considerations. In
communicating, you have to consider your target audience’s interests, culture, beliefs,
practices, etc. There are also other things that you have to consider things such as
grammar, medium, and other means of communicating your message, which make the
entire communication process not as easy as it sounds

1.7 Communication is irreversible


There is a need for you to be extra careful with your communication
skills since this is only done once. It cannot be repeated and cannot be taken
back. Once the communication process has occurred, it has to be noted that
your words and their meaning may have varied interpretations from your
target audience.

2. Evolution of communication. The communication types and process that


we know now is entirely different from what communication used to be. Even
before the start of civilization, communication was a vital need for people. A
society cannot live on its own without communication because it is considered
as the blood-line of a society. To trace back its development, here are a few of
the highlight as to how communication evolved through time:
2.1 Cave paintings and stone carvings are the most efficient form of
communication for man 30, 000 years before the Common Era.
2.2 A pigeon was utilized by Ancient Greeks to deliver messages in 776
BCE.
2.3 A marathon man was utilized when Ancient Greeks ran from Marathon
to Athens to simply announce the victory of Greek over Persia in the year 530
BCE.
2.4 The paper came more than 2000 years later with the first daily
newspaper, the Einkommende Zeitung, in 1650
2.5 The telegraph was invented in 1840 by Samuel Morse
2.6 In 1902, Italian Guglielmo Marconi transmitted the first radio signal.
2.7 This was followed by the transmission of the first television signal by
Scottish John Baird in 1927.

8
2.8 The beginning of a new age was in the year 1969. This year was the
launch of the ARPANET (Advanced Research Projects Agency Network) or
commonly known now as the Internet.
2.9 The emergence of the World Wide Web came soon after in 1994
2.10 1997, instant messaging or internet chat came out, and in 1999,
blogging.
2.11 It was in 2004 when Harvard student Mark Zuckerberg created
Facebook, followed by the launch of Twitter in 2006

3. Communication process. This is a guide toward realizing effective


communication. It is through the communication process that the sharing of a
common meaning between the sender and the receiver takes place.
Individuals that follow the communication process will have the opportunity to
become more productive in every aspect of their profession. Effective
communication leads to understanding.

Figure 1.The Osgood-Schramm model of communication


(Sources: Kisspng, 2018; Web Editor 4, 2017)

The first step of the sender involves the encoding process. To convey
meaning, the sender must begin encoding, which is the translation of information into a
message in the form of symbols that represent ideas or concepts. This process
translates the ideas or concepts into the coded message that will be communicated.
The symbols can take on numerous forms, such as languages, words, or gestures.
These symbols are used to encode ideas into messages that others can understand.
When encoding a message, the sender has to begin by deciding what s/he wants
to transmit. This decision by the sender is based on what s/he believes about the
receiver’s knowledge and assumptions, along with what additional information s/he
wants the receiver to have. It is important for the sender to use symbols that are
familiar t the intended receiver. A good way for the sender to improve encoding their
messages is to mentally visualize the communication from the receiver’s point of view.
To begin transmitting the message, the sender uses some kind of channel or also
called medium. The channel is the means used to convey the message. Most
channels are either oral or written, but currently, visual channels are becoming more
9
common as technology expands. Common channels include telephone and a variety of
written forms such as memos, letters, and reports. The effectiveness of the various
channels fluctuates depending on the characteristics of communication. For example,
when immediate feedback is necessary, oral communication channels are more
effective because any uncertainties can be cleared up on the spot. In a situation where
the message must be delivered to more than a small group of people, written channels
are often more effective. Although, in many cases, both oral and written channels
should be used because on supplements the other.
After the appropriate channel/s are selected, the message enters after the
decoding stage of the communication process. Decoding is conducted by the receiver.
Once the message is received and examined, the stimulus is sent to the brain for
interpreting, in order to assign some type of meaning to it. It is this processing stage
that constitutes decoding. The receiver begins to interpret the symbols sent by the
sender, translating the message to their own set of experiences in order to make the
symbols mean. Successful communication takes place when the receiver correctly
interprets the sender’s message.
The receiver is the individual to whom the message is directed to. The extent to
which this person comprehends the message will depend on several factors, which
include the following: how much the individual knows about the topic, their receptivity to
the message, and the relationship and trust that exist between the sender and receiver.
All interpretations by the receiver are influenced by their experiences, attitudes,
knowledge, skills, perceptions, and culture. It is similar to the sender’s relationship with
encoding.
Feedback is the final link in the chain of the communication process. After receiving
a message, the receiver responds in some ways and signals the response to the
sender. The signal may take the form of a spoken comment, a long sigh, a written
message, a smile, or some other action. Even a lack of response is, in a sense, a form
of response. Without feedback, the sender cannot confirm that the receiver has
interpreted the message correctly.
Feedback is a key component in the communication process because it allows the
sender to evaluate the effectiveness of the message. Feedback ultimately provides an
opportunity for the sender to take corrective action to clarify a misunderstood message.
Feedback plays an important role by indicating significant communication barriers:
differences background, different interpretation of words, and differing emotional
reactions.
The communication process is the perfect guide toward achieving effective
communication. When followed properly, the process can usually assure that the
sender’s message will be understood by the receiver. Although the communication
process seems simple, it is not. Certain barriers present themselves throughout the
process. Those barriers are factors that have a negative impact on the communication
process. Some common barriers include the use of an inappropriate medium (channel),
incorrect grammar, inflammatory words, words that conflict with the body language,
jargon, and many more. Noise is also another common barrier. Noise can occur during
any stage of the communication process. Noise is anything that distorts a message by
interfering with the common communication process. It can take many forms, including
a radio playing in the background, another person trying to enter the conversation, and
any other distractions that prevent the receiver from paying attention.

10
.

4. The elements of communication. The communication process will not be


possible with the portrayal of the individual roles of each of the elements of
communication.
4.1 Sender. This is the individual or group that initiates the conversation.
4.2 Receiver. This is to whom the message is directed to.
4.3 Channel. This is the medium or means which the sender uses in sending
the desired message
4.4 Encoding. This is the process by which the message is translated in the
form of symbols that represent ideas or concepts.
4.5 Decoding. This is the part where the receiver interprets and analyzes the
meaning of the symbols sent by the sender.
4.6 Feedback. Aside from being a reply or response, feedback is also a great
way of evaluating the effectiveness of the communication process. The
communication process is effective if there is a correct feedback
4.7 Message. This is the heart and soul of the communication process. The
message corresponds to the symbols and ideas that are transferred from
the sender to the receiver. The underlying goal is to have a common and
shared understanding of this message.

You can also refer to the sources below to help you further
understand the lesson:
1) Tendro, E. et al. (2009). Fundamentals of effective speech and oral communication. Mutya
Publishing House, Inc.

2) Abrera, R., Fernandez, I.D., & Adriano, T. (2015). Speak right and shine. Mutya Publishing
House, Inc.

3) Barker, A. (2006). Chapter 01. the process of communication (2nd ed. ed.). London: Kogan
Page Ltd. Retrieved from
https://search.proquest.com/docview/288374867?accountid=31259. April 29, 2020

11
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 1. Now that you know the essential concepts in the study of the nature of
communication let us try to check your understanding of these concepts. In the space
provided, write the term/s or concept/s being asked in the following statements:

1. What is the key element of communication involved in the translation of


information into a message in the form of symbols that represent ideas?

2. Which among the elements of communication allows the sender to


evaluate the effectiveness of the message, whether it was fully grasped or understood by
the receiver?

3. Who is the one who initiates the communication process?

4. What element of the communication process is done by the receiver who


interprets the symbols sent by the sender?

5. What is the other term for the medium used by the sender and receiver to
convey their message?

6. What characteristic of communication is shown when a teacher and her


students share their thoughts on the cease-and-desist order of ABS-CBN ordered by NTC?

7. What is characterized by communication involving a series of steps with


symbols and signs that may be too difficult to analyze and interpret?

8. In the evolution of communication, what was the invention of Samuel


Morse, which marked a great leap in the history of the communication process?

9. Who transmitted the first radio signal?

10. Among the elements of communication, what is considered to be the


focal point of the communication process?

12
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 2. Getting acquainted with the essential terms and concepts of nature in
communication, what also matters is you should also be able to explain or
articulate its importance and its roles in your daily life. Now, I will require you to
explain your answers to the following question thoroughly:

Communication plays a very vital role in your family, your school, and your
society. Cite the importance of communication in the different aspects of your life (e.g.,
as a family member, as a student, as a member of the society, etc.) Please refer to the
rubric found on the next page.

13
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 2 Rubric

Criteria Description Points


Main ideas are well-supported
Focus and Details by details and accurate 5
information
The introduction is inviting. It
states the main topic and
provides an overview of the
Organization paper. The information is 5
relevant and presented in a
logical order. Lastly, the
conclusion is convincing
Your purpose in writing must
be very clear that it catches the
attention of your readers. Your
Voice 5
extensive knowledge
and/experience with the topic
must also be evident.
The word choice and
Word Choice placement seems accurate 5
and natural (not forced).
Sentences are well-
constructed, which have varied
Mechanics (structure, grammar,
structure and length. Errors in 5
punctuation, spelling)
grammar, mechanics, and
spelling are avoided.

(Adapted from: www.readwriteandthink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

14
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 3. Based on the definition of the essential terms and concepts in the study of the
nature of communication and the learning exercises that you have done, please feel free to
write your arguments or lessons learned below:

1.

2.

3.

4.

15
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Communication Channel/Medium Feedback


Encode Decode Message
Sender Receiver

16
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Metalanguage

In this section, the essential terms relevant to the study of the types of communication and its
ethics and principles. To demonstrate, ULO-b will be operationally defined to establish a
common frame of reference as to how the texts work. You will encounter these terms as we go
through this topic. Please refer to these definitions in case you will encounter difficulty in
understanding some concepts.

1. Types of communication according to the number of person/s. This


categorizes the communication according to the number of people involved in
the communication.

2. Types of communication according to medium. This is another category of


communication which classifies the communication to the medium or channel
used by the sender and receiver in the communication process.

3. Ethics and principles of communication. These are the standard basis on


what is considered as right and wrong in communicating with someone,
especially in a multicultural world.

Essential Knowledge

To perform the aforesaid big picture (unit learning outcomes) for the first three
(3) weeks of the course, you need to fully understand the following essential
knowledge that will be laid down in the succeeding pages. Please note that you are
not limited to refer to these resources exclusively. Thus, you are expected to utilize
other books, research articles, and other resources that are available in the
university’s library, e.g., ebrary, search.proquest.com, etc.

1. Types of communication according to the number of persons. Communication


may be classified according to the number of participants. To enumerate, they are the
following:
1.1. Intrapersonal communication. This is a communication within the “self,”
that is, a person communicates with himself or herself internally. One
example is deciding what to eat for breakfast or what clothes to wear

1.2. Interpersonal communication. This is mostly “dyadic” in nature. This means


a person communicates with another person. An example is when a student
asks a teacher for his/her exam result.
17
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

1.3. Group communication. It is composed of three persons or more, but if more


than the number of participants, this may be better defined in terms of the
relationship between the sender and receiver who interact actively with each
other.
Example.: Rebecca and her five colleagues are discussing their newly
assigned project.

1.4. Public communication. This is quite similar to group communication, but this
is basically larger in size. However, like group communication, this type may
be better defined in terms of the relationship between the sender and the
receiver. In this type, the person speaks in front of an audience in a one-
directional flow.
Example: Glyza is delivering her inspirational message before a gathering of
business professionals.

1.5. Mass communication. This is purposeful, especially when the audiences are
remote or when they cannot be gathered in one place. Hence, there is a need
for a newspaper, telephone, cellular phone, radio, television, internet, among
others, to establish contact.
Example: Emman published his exposé in the News Daily.

2. Types of communication according to medium employed. Communication may


also vary according to the medium used or employed by both the sender and the
receiver in the communication process.
2.1 Verbal communication. Verbal communication employs the use of words in
sending and receiving the message in the communication process. Verbal
communication may be both written and oral.

2.1.1 Written communication. Written communication sends messages


through the use of written signs and symbols. These signs and symbols
may be employed via printed, handwritten, and projected on the screen.
A few examples of written communication are e-mails, memoranda,
letters, manuals, postcards, etc.

2.1.2 Oral communication. In this type of communication, your message is


verbally or orally transmitted to your target listener/audience. Oral
communication can either be formal (business presentations,
classroom lectures, valedictory speech, etc.) or informal (face-to-face
conversation, telephone conversation, etc.)

2.2 Non-Verbal Communication. This comprises gestures, facial expressions,


actions, or even unconscious behavior that may either reinforce or hamper
communication. For communication to be effective, there should be
consistency in the verbal and non-verbal communication systems. Non-verbal
communication makes use of our body language in sending our messages to
our target audience. It may be classified according to the following:

2.2.1 Kinesics. This involves your body movement, such as your eye
contact, your gestures, how you sit, how you walk, etc.
18
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

2.2.2 Haptics. This involves communicating through the use of touch.


This includes non-verbal actions such as hugs, kiss, taps on the shoulder,
etc.

2.2.3. Vocalics. This is to communicate through the use of your voice,


such as your rate or speed of talking, the volume of your voice, the rising
and falling of your intonation, etc.

2.2.4. Proxemics. This involves space and its role in the communication
process. Proxemics can be categorized into:

a. Intimate space. We share this space with our loved ones and
closest friends.

b. Personal space. We share this space with our friends and


acquaintances.

c. Social space. We share this space with people we are within


social events and gatherings.

d. Public space. We share this space with people when we are in


public spaces such as streets, markets, airports, etc.

e. Personal presentation and environment. Our personal


presentation is the manner of how you present yourself, how you look,
how you dress, and your characteristics. These are all parts of how
people understand and accept the messages that you try to send.

3. The Ethics of communication. Successful communication requires certain ethical


rules for a communicator to follow. Andrew Button, as cited in Castigador (2018),
suggests four basic rules to observe:

3.1 Honesty. This quality is very important for communication to succeed. Webster
defines honesty as the act, quality, or condition of being truthful. Perhaps there
may be instances when a person may be forced to lie, as in misleading an
enemy in a war, who is asking important information about the whereabouts of
friendly forces. Button opines that honesty is more than just not lying. It is being
open and offering whatever information you have, even if it puts your own short-
term interests at stake.

3.2 Openness to other views. Your willingness to be open to views, which differ or
even run against your ideas, is one crucial factor for communication to succeed.
An environment where people are not free to express their ideas, especially if
these may be unpopular, is not an ethical environment. The free flow of
communication is vital to the welfare and development of an organization, and of
the country for that matter.

19
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

3.3 Commitment. Webster presents an interesting definition of commitment, i.e.,


being bound emotionally/intellectually to a course of action or another person.
Commitment is a promise or agreement to do something. It is also a state of
being pledged or engaged.

3.4 Build consensus. The consensus is a general agreement among the members
of a given group or community, each of which exercises some discretion in
decision-making.

4. Principles of communication. To be an effective communicator, one should be able


to use some fundamental assumptions or rules. These regulations or assumptions are
called principles. Castigador (2019) enumerated at least six basic principles that could
be utilized to make communication successful:

4.1. Relevance. An important consideration in sending your message is the value or


relevance of your message to your receiver. Thus, foremost, a speaker or a writer
should ask him/herself the following questions: what is the value of my message to
my receiver? Will my message appeal to the interest of my receiver? Will my
message add value to my receiver or the company of my receiver?

4.2. Be positive. Formulate your message with an open and positive attitude. It is
an accepted rule in physics that action requires an equal amount of reaction. It is
believed that if a speaker or a writer has a positive attitude, then his message would
be received positively by the audience/reader.

4.3. Choose the best medium. An equally important principle in communication is


the medium, the means that a speaker or a writer use, as a channel of
communication. It is advisable that the speaker or the writer utilize effective
communication systems to drive through the message.

4.4. Study your audience. It is a must that a speaker or writer knows the audience
or reader. Thus, the speaker or writer should study the socio-economic profile, the
interests, and the aspirations of his/her audience/reader; more importantly, what
appeals to them. If your audience/reader is politically inclined, then talk of something
related to current political issues.

4.5. Be enthusiastic. Enthusiasm is a very important quality of a speaker or writer.


It is defined as divine inspiration or frenzy. Simply said, enthusiasm is the intensity
of feeling, excitement, interest, or eagerness.

4.6. Maintain intense focus. To be an effective speaker or writer, one should be


fired with intense feelings or be passionate. Webster believes that the sender of the
communication should be given to strong feelings, sometimes even romantic and
sexual.

20
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

You can also refer to the sources below to help you further
understand the lesson:

1) Castigador, A. (2019). Speak and write for a purpose. ACC Book Publishing.

2) Tendro, E. et al. (2009). Fundamentals of effective speech and oral communication. Mutya
Publishing House, Inc.

3) Abrera, R., Fernandez, I.D., & Adriano, T. (2015). Speak right and shine. Mutya Publishing
House, Inc.

4) Barker, A. (2006). Chapter 01. the process of communication (2nd ed. ed.). London: Kogan
Page Ltd. Retrieved from
https://search.proquest.com/docview/288374867?accountid=31259. April 29, 2020

5) Verbal Communication, edited by Andrea Rocci, and Louis de Saussure, De Gruyter, Inc.,
2016. ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://search.proquest.com/legacydocview/EBC/4451840?accountid=31259. April 29, 2020

6) Interpersonal Communication, edited by Charles R. Berger, De Gruyter, Inc., 2014.


ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://search.proquest.com/legacydocview/EBC/1346220?accountid=31259. April 29, 2020

21
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 4. Reading Text on Mass Communication

Instructions: Read the following transcript of Emma Watson’s speech on


gender equality, which was delivered last September 20, 2014. With a partner,
discuss and share to the class your thoughts and opinions on the following
questions:

1. What was the issue discussed in the speech, and what makes it so
relevant to discuss about it?

2. Why do you think people are reluctant to use the word “feminism”?

3. Why did Emma Watson feel the need to address this issue?

4. How is the concept of “feminism” relevant in the article? Cite the


relevant paragraph to support your answer.

Note: You may also access the speech at :


https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gkjW9PZBRfk&t=53s

Emma Watson: Gender equality is your issue too

Date: Saturday, September 20, 2014

Speech by UN Women Goodwill Ambassador Emma Watson at a special event for


the HeForShe campaign, United Nations Headquarters, New York, 20 September
2014

Today we are launching a campaign called “HeForShe.”

I am reaching out to you because I need your help. We want to end gender
inequality—and to do that, and we need everyone to be involved.

This is the first campaign of its kind at the UN: we want to try and
galvanize as many men and boys as possible to be advocates for gender
equality. And we don’t just want to talk about it but make sure it is
tangible.

I was appointed six months ago, and the more I have spoken about feminism,
the more I have realized that fighting for women’s rights has too often
become synonymous with man-hating. If there is one thing I know for
certain, it is that this has to stop.

For the record, feminism, by definition, is: “The belief that men and women
should have equal rights and opportunities. It is the theory of the
political, economic, and social equality of the sexes.”

22
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

I started questioning gender-based assumptions when at eight, I was


confused at being called “bossy,” because I wanted to direct the plays we
would put on for our parents—but the boys were not.
When at 14, I started being sexualized by certain elements of the press.
When at 15, my girlfriends started dropping out of their sports teams
because they didn’t want to appear “muscly.”

When at 18, my male friends were unable to express their feelings.


I decided I was a feminist, and this seemed uncomplicated to me. But my
recent research has shown me that feminism has become an unpopular word.
Apparently, I am among the ranks of women whose expressions are seen as too
strong, too aggressive, isolating, anti-men and, unattractive.
Why is the word such an uncomfortable one?

I am from Britain and think it is right that as a woman, I am paid the same
as my male counterparts. I think it is right that I should be able to make
decisions about my own body. I think it is right that women be involved on
my behalf in the policies and decision-making of my country. I think it is
right that socially I am afforded the same respect as men. But sadly, I can
say that there is no one country in the world where all women can expect to
receive these rights.

No country in the world can yet say they have achieved gender equality.
These rights I consider to be human rights, but I am one of the lucky ones.
My life is a sheer privilege. After all, my parents didn’t love me less
because I was born a daughter. My school did not limit me because I was a
girl. My mentors didn’t assume I would go less far because I might give
birth to a child one day. These influencers were the gender equality
ambassadors that made me who I am today. They may not know it, but they are
the inadvertent feminists who are changing the world today. And we need
more of those.

And if you still hate the word—it is not the word that is important but the
idea and the ambition behind it. Because not all women have been afforded
the same rights that I have. In fact, statistically, very few have been.

In 1995, Hilary Clinton made a famous speech in Beijing about women’s


rights. Sadly many of the things she wanted to change are still a reality
today.

But what stood out for me the most was that only 30 percent of her audience
were male. How can we affect change in the world when only half of it is
invited or feel welcome to participate in the conversation?
Men—I would like to take this opportunity to extend your formal invitation.
Gender equality is your issue too.
Because to date, I’ve seen my father’s role as a parent being valued less
by society despite my needing his presence as a child as much as my
mother’s.

I’ve seen young men who have mental illness unable to ask for help for fear
it would make them look less “macho”—in fact, in the UK, suicide is the
biggest killer of men between 20-49 years of age; eclipsing road accidents,
cancer, and coronary heart disease. I’ve seen men made fragile and insecure
by a distorted sense of what constitutes male success. Men don’t have the
benefits of equality either.

23
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

We don’t often talk about men being imprisoned by gender stereotypes, but I
can see that that they are and that when they are free, things will change
for women as a natural consequence.

If men don’t have to be aggressive in order to be accepted, women won’t


feel compelled to be submissive. If men don’t have to control, women won’t
have to be controlled.

Both men and women should feel free to be sensitive. Both men and women
should feel free to be strong… It is time that we all perceive gender on a
spectrum, not as two opposing sets of ideals.
If we stop defining each other by what we are not and start defining
ourselves by what we are—we can all be freer, and this is what HeForShe is
about. It’s about freedom.

I want men to take up this mantle. So their daughters, sisters, and mothers
can be free from prejudice but also so that their sons have permission to
be vulnerable and human too—reclaim those parts of themselves they
abandoned and, in doing so, be a more true and complete version of
themselves.

You might be thinking, who is this Harry Potter girl? And what is she doing
up on stage at the UN? It’s a good question, and trust me, and I have been
asking myself the same thing. I don’t know if I am qualified to be here.
All I know is that I care about this problem. And I want to make it better.

And having seen what I’ve seen—and given a chance—I feel it is my duty to
say something. English Statesman Edmund Burke said: “All that is needed for
the forces of evil to triumph is for enough good men and women to do
nothing.”

In my nervousness for this speech and my moments of doubt, I’ve told myself
firmly—if not me, who, if not now, when. If you have similar doubts when
opportunities are presented to you, I hope those words might be helpful.

Because the reality is that if we do nothing, it will take 75 years, or for


me to be nearly a hundred before women can expect to be paid the same as
men for the same work. 15.5 million girls will be married in the next 16
years as children. And at current rates, it won’t be until 2086 before all
rural African girls are able to receive a secondary education.

If you believe in equality, you might be one of those inadvertent feminists


I spoke of earlier.

And for this, I applaud you.

We are struggling for a uniting word, but the good news is we have a
uniting movement. It is called HeForShe. I am inviting you to step forward,
to be seen to speak up, to be the "he" for "she." And to ask yourself, if
not me, who? If not, now, when?

Thank you.

24
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

*Note: Please refer to the following rubric for your answers:

Activity 4 Rubric

Criteria Description Points

Your answers should use specific and


convincing examples from the text (Emma
Watson’s speech) to support your claims
Evidence Citation 15
in your own writing, allowing you to have
an insightful and applicable connection
between the text and you.
Your answers should demonstrate a
conscious and thorough understanding of
the text (Emma Watson’s speech). Your
Focus and Details answers must have one clear and well- 10
focused topic. Your main ideas must be
clear and should be well-supported by
detailed and accurate information.
Your sentences must be well-constructed
Sentence Structure, Grammar, and have varied structure and length.
5
Mechanics, and Spelling There should be no errors in your
grammar, mechanics, and/or spelling.

Total points 30

(Adapted from: www.readwriteandthink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

25
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 5

The following link shows a video highlighting body language and facial expressions

of some world leaders during an APEC summit:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DLKGBKb2nFQ&t=15s

What is your response to what is shown in the video? Write an effective paragraph of 8-
10 sentences that illustrates your relevant insights. Be guided by the following questions to
help you develop the main idea of your paragraph.

1. What are your view toward body language and facial expressions as non-verbal
forms of communication?

2. What does the video raise the complexity of communication in a multicultural


setting?

26
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

3. What does it mean to communicate effectively in a multicultural setting?

4. As you think about the video, why should we be mindful about how we communicate
effectively in a multicultural setting?

*Note: Please refer to the rubric found on the next page for your answers:

27
College of Arts and Sciences Education General
Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 5 Rubric

Criteria Description Points

Your answers should use specific and


convincing examples from the video to support
Evidence Citation your claims in your own writing, allowing you to 15
have an insightful and applicable connection
between the video content and you.
Your answers should demonstrate a conscious
and thorough understanding of the video. Your
answers must have one clear and well-focused
Focus and Details 10
topic. Your main ideas must be clear and should
be well-supported by detailed and accurate
information.
Your sentences must be well-constructed and
Sentence Structure,
have varied structure and length. There should
Grammar, Mechanics, and 5
be no errors in your grammar, mechanics,
Spelling
and/or spelling.

Total points 30

(Adaptedfromwww.readwritehink.org.Retrived:April24,2020)

28
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 6. Based on the types of communication and its ethics and principles, and the
learning exercises that you have done, please feel free to write your
arguments or lessons learned below.

1.

2.

3.

4.

30
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Verbal Non-verbal Intrapersonal


communication communication communication
Interpersonal
Mass communication Public communication
communication

Vocalics Proxemics Kinesics

Haptics Ethics Principles

31
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Metalanguage

In this section, the essential terms relevant to the study of purposive


communication in a multicultural setting and to demonstrate ULO-c will be operationally
defined to establish a common frame of reference as to how the texts work. You will
encounter these terms as we go through this topic. Please refer to these definitions in case
you will encounter difficulty in understanding some concepts:

1. Communication in a multicultural setting is the process of communication


by people coming from a different culture with different sets of beliefs and
practices.

2. Global awareness is a skill that an individual must possess, especially in


communicating in a multicultural setting.

3. Ethnocentrism is a belief that culture is better or superior to any other culture.

4. Cultural relativism is a belief that all culture is of equal value and should be
treated with respect and fairness rather than being treated with criticism and
negative judgment.

5. Cultural appreciation is the manner of giving honor and respect to one’s


culture.

6. Cultural appropriation is the inappropriate adoption and the lack of


acknowledgment of one’s culture for the sake of one’s interest.

32
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Essential Knowledge

To perform the aforesaid big picture (unit learning outcomes) for the first three
(3) weeks of the course, you need to fully understand the following essential
knowledge that will be laid down in the succeeding pages. Please note that you are
not limited to refer to these resources exclusively. Thus, you are expected to utilize
other books, research articles, and other resources that are available in the
university’s library, e.g., ebrary, search.proquest.com, etc.

Communication in Multicultural Setting

Communication is culture-bound. Communication is a reflection of the culture of a


society or community. It is safe to say that communication is developed because of culture.
Hence, communication and culture are two interdependent concepts. This theory is
validated by Edward Hall when he observed that communication is culture and culture is
communication. In fact, our verbal and non-verbal communications reflect our culture and
vice-versa. Thus, a word that is spoken carries with it the culture of that person and his/her
society. Our manner of dressing, our bearing, and our lifestyle, which form part of our
communication systems, reveal so much about our culture.
Intercultural communication is interaction and communication among persons and
communities with varied cultural backgrounds. Communication is a process of interaction
among persons that is complex. This entails verbal and non-verbal relationships among
persons and even assumptions that are commonly agreed among them. Because of the
complexity of the communication process, miscommunication and problems may arise as a
result. To facilitate communication among persons, understanding, and acceptance of the
cultures of parties involved in the communication process is necessary. Appreciation and
understanding of the cultures of the parties involved in the communication process, which
influence their behaviors and thinking process manifested through words, symbols, and
pictures, are required for both parties to understand and interact with each other effectively
fully.

Successful Communication in an International and Intercultural Setting

The advent of information and communication technology has made the globe
smaller, where it has become as easy as a flick of a finger to communicate and interact
with people around the world. Thus, political, social, and economic interactions among
countries and peoples had been facilitated - - now called globalization.

Consequently, the relationship between peoples had been globalized. Globalization


hence is the word of the day. Because of that, interaction and communication among
peoples had become frequent and inevitable.

The effect of globalization is internationalization and inter-culturalization. The


question now is: in light of these developments, how could one be an effective
communicator? The following tips may be worth considering:

33
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

1. Global awareness. One should be knowledgeable of developments


and issues obtaining in countries around the world. We are blessed by
information technology to have global television channels and media
to search for information from any part of the world. Thus one should
take advantage of this.

2. Cultural sensitivity. To be an effective communicator, we have to


know, accept, and respect the culture of our audience/reader.

3. Cultural intelligence (CQ) and competence. This quality relates to


the capability of a person to adjust to and cope with situations in which
differences in cultures and beliefs had been observed.

4. Respect for the cultures and beliefs of others. Our success in our
relationship with others hinges on our respect for their cultures and
beliefs. In other words, respect begets respect. People will respect
you if they sense that you also respect them. This applies to
communication situations. Respect to your audience/reader begets
respect to you.

5. Openness and positive attitude towards others. The key to a


successful relationship is an open and positive attitude towards others.
Start a conversation by a positive comment, and you will almost
certainly get a positive response.

Factors that Affect Cross/Multi-cultural Communication

The following elements determine the outcomes of cross/multi-cultural communication:

1. Inability to understand one’s culture, values, and beliefs – the


lack of understanding of the culture of the persons involved in the
communication process affects the interaction among them.

2. Lack of acceptance of the culture of a person/ attitude – inability


to accept the culture of the person you are interacting with,
adversely results in poor communication.

3. Prejudice/Bias – some people tend to think superior of themselves


over other cultures, hence have the tendency to pre-judge others and
hamper communication.

4. Lack of education/limited exposure – people who lacked


education do not have the appropriate information about other
cultures, thereby affecting interaction and communication.
5. Language barrier – the inability to speak a common language,
hampers understanding and communication.
34
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Ethnocentrism

The Webster Third International Dictionary defines ethnocentrism as a habitual


disposition to judge foreign peoples or groups by the standards and practices of one’s own
culture or ethnic group. It is a belief that one’s own practice is the proper way of life.
People from another country tend to judge those coming from other countries based on
their standards, cultural practices, values, and beliefs; thus, the tendency to look down
upon the culture of other peoples, resulting in inaccurate assumptions. Thus, those who
have not been exposed to other cultures may tend to impose his/her own beliefs, find it
challenging to relate with other people belonging to another culture and result in a gap in
the relationship.

Ethnocentrism could be a source of bias or prejudice that may hence affect


relationships and communication in an intercultural setting. To illustrate, negative pre-
judgment and dislike of food from other countries is an example of ethnocentrism. For
instance, the Indo- Chinese people love to eat raw vegetables, which for Filipinos may be a
practice that would not be too welcome.

What are the possible effects of ethnocentrism to intercultural and global


communication?

Bias – is the inclination, predisposition, or partiality towards something. Bias connotes


a favorable impression on culture or belief. Thus, the effect of bias in a relationship or
communication situation is something positive.

Prejudice – is the opposite of bias. Prejudice is defined as an adverse judgment or


opinion formed beforehand, without knowledge of the facts. The effect of prejudice on
communication is negative, in the sense that a person may have an adverse pre-judgment
of another person coming from another culture, thus could hinder intercultural
understanding and communication.

Discrimination – is the unfair treatment of a person or group as a consequence of an


adverse judgment or opinion of a culture.

Loyalty – ethnocentrism can cement loyalty within the same social grouping or people
belonging to the same society. For instance, world football games had strengthened loyalty
among the competing countries, since the tendency is for people to support their own team.

Miscommunication – communication is affected by either bias or prejudice, positive or


negative. Bias for another culture could create a positive impression, thus facilitate better
communication. On the other hand, pre-judgment of one culture brought about by prejudice
could lead to misunderstanding.

Division – unity could not be achieved among different cultures under a situation
where prejudice abounds. If people have adverse assumptions about foreign peoples or
groups, this could adversely affect communication and thus lead to division, or even worse
to conflict or, at the extreme, war.

35
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Cultural Relativism

The concept of cultural relativism implies that a person‟s beliefs and practices should
be perceived by others in the context of his culture. This also means not judging the culture
of other people that are not the same as yours. Similarly, we should appreciate the cultural
practices of other societies in the context of their culture. For instance, the Filipino food
“balut” may be disgusting for other cultures, but one would learn to appreciate it by knowing
the nutritional value of the “balut.” Thus, understanding fully one‟s
beliefs and practices would require a study of his/her culture. A related situation is the issue
of whale catching. While many countries and worldwide organizations forbid the catching of
whales, other countries engaged in the practice would not find this acceptable, since it has
been a part of their culture for generations to catch whales. Thus, the question is: who
should set the standards for right or wrong?

For cross-cultural communication to succeed, it is helpful for one to think about the
culture of other countries in such a way that we could appreciate their practices in light of
their beliefs.

Cultural Appreciation

Cultural appreciation happens when a person attempts to appreciate and study another
culture, for one to widen his understanding and relate with others in a cross-cultural setting.
Cultural appreciation could facilitate cross-cultural understanding and communication.

Cultural Appropriation

Cultural appropriation is taking one component of a practice belonging to another


culture and using it for a purpose. For instance, buying ethnic clothing from the natives of
the Mountain Province and using it to make someone look fashionable, without knowing the
appropriate occasion and its meaning when this clothing is used may be offensive to the
ethnic group. So, the call for us is: understanding the culture of others and sensitivity to
their beliefs and traditions.

Observe the following examples of Cultural Appropriation and Cultural Appreciation:

Angelina Jolie visited Pakistan surrounded by


women in hijabs; wearing one herself is a means to fit
in and show respect towards the culture.

36
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Katy Perry apologized and


acknowledged that she "did it wrong" in
regards to two separate performances
where she was accused of cultural
appropriation. Performing at the American
Music Awards in 2013, Perry dressed as a
geisha and wore a full kimono, tabi socks,
lacquered hair, geiko pancake and heavily
powdered her face. And in 2017, for her
video "This Is How We Do," the singer
sported cornrows in her hair. "I won’t ever
understand some of those things because
of who I am — I will never understand, but I can educate myself, and that’s what I’m
trying to do along the way,” Perry said in a podcast interview.
(Source: https://www.thewrap.com/celebrities-who-have-been-accused-of-cultural-
appropriation-photos/ Retrieved 4/22/20)

Cultural Practices and their Roles in Communication

Cultures have different sets of behaviors and practices that are unique on their own. To
have a better grasp of a message in the communication process, one has to be aware of a
certain culture and tradition being practiced by a community.

These practices reflect and guide people on how they should act, talk, and behave.
The habits that we repeatedly do and the customs that we practice are unique shapes the
the way we communicate.

In the Philippines, for example, one of Filipinos’


customs is the mano, which is a traditional and
customary practice of showing respect to their elders.
This is done by the younger member of the family to
reach for the elder’s hand and place it one one’s
bowed forehead. This is a sign of humility and respect
as well as a form of acknowledgment of someone’s
age and position in their family

(Image from https://medium.com/@jendyrosenabus97/6-practices-1-country-


94cb9100b6b7 Retrieved 4/19/20).

Greetings all over the world

As culture is very wide and varied, there are different ways as to how people greet
each other. Apart from handshaking that most people do in greeting, here are some other
ways people greet each other all over the world:

In Japan, they greet each other with a bow. This is


also a form of respect for the elders and those who are
in a high position, especially in business. Bows have
37
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

different angle and duration, depending on the person they are greeting.

In Oman, men greet each other by pressing their


noses together. They do this with eye contact to
prove and show their sincerity and full respect.

Malays usually stretch out their hands and touch


the other person’s fingertips and then bring their
hands to their hearts. It symbolizes that they’re
greeting you from their hearts.

Tibetan monks stick their tongue out to greet people.


They also press the hands together and place them in front of
their chest to show that they “come in peace.” They started
doing this to prove that they’re not the reincarnation of a true
king from the 9th century that had a black tongue.
(Source: https://www.opodo.co.uk/blog/greetings-around-the-world/ Retrieved 4/19/20

You can also refer to the sources below to help you further
understand the lesson:

1. Castigador, A. (2019). Speak and write for a purpose. ACC Book Publishing.

2. The Handbook of Communication Ethics, edited by George Cheney et al., Taylor & Francis
Group, 2010. ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://search.proquest.com/legacydocview/EBC/667907?accountid=31259. May 14, 2020

3. Scollon, Ron, et al. Intercultural Communication: A Discourse Approach, John Wiley &
Sons, Incorporated, 2012. ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://search.proquest.com/legacydocview/EBC/822409?accountid=31259. May 14, 2020

4. Overview of cultural diversity. (2014, Jan 01).[Video/DVD] Cypress: Medcom, Inc., Medcom.
Retrieved from https://search.proquest.com/docview/1850361272?accountid=31259. May 14,
2020

38
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 7. Read each item carefully and choose the most appropriate answer.

Part I. Identify whether the following employs cultural appropriation or cultural


appreciation.

1. Honoring and respecting another culture and its practices as a way to gain
knowledge and understanding.

2. The use of someone else’s culture and practices to make money or to


simply look fashionable.

3. Kylie Jenner attempts to embody black culture physically. She has adopted
box braids - a traditional African hairstyle that is meant to protect the hair, bigger lips, and
curves for the greater purpose of looking “good.”

4. Gigi Hadid is posing in front of the camera for a cover of a magazine


wearing a hijab to promote awareness of the culture of Muslims.

5. Selena Gomez performing “Come and Get It” on Dancing with the Stars in
2013, donned a bindi and did a Bollywood-inspired routine.

Part II. Identify whether the following examples employ ethnocentrism or cultural
relativism:

6. Anna is aware that culture evolves in different contexts and that they
should not be compared but understood in their state of differences.

7. Carlo drives his car every day and has been taught to stay on the right side
of the road when he does. Then, he went to England, where people drive on the left side of
the road. After Carlo has returned home, he goes to his friend’s house for dinner, and then
he says, “It is incredible, all the people drive oppositely. They all drive on the wrong side!”

8. Maria believes that Filipino culture is the best among all others.

9. Anna is concerned with how similar others’ cultural practices, symbols, and
beliefs are to their own and considers one as better than the other.

10. Ysabella affirms that every culture has to be understood in its particular
context and that the cultures should not be thought of as universally valid worldviews, but
as particular expressions of people.

39
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 8. Getting acquainted with the essential concepts of communication in a


multicultural setting, what also matters is you should also be able to apply
what you have learned by answering the following:

It is, indeed, a challenge to communicate with a person in a multicultural setting.


This is because a context may differ depending on the person’s perception of the meaning
of the word to their culture. Culture plays a vital role in shaping people’s manner of
interaction with one another. Given such a concept, how do you think can you manage
to overcome communicating with another person who comes from another culture?
Cite scenarios/examples to further your explanation. Please be guided by the rubric
found on the next page.

40
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 8 Rubric

Criteria Description Points

Your answers must be inviting and should


state the goal or thesis. The answers must
provide information that is presented in a
Organization logical order and should maintain the 10
interest of your desired audience. Your
concluding statements must strongly state
a personal opinion.
Your answers must provide excellent
reasons that are stated with great support
Reasons, Support, and
and examples. It must also be evident that 10
Examples
a lot of thought was made in relevance to
your answers.
Your sentences must be well-constructed
Sentence Structure, Grammar, and have varied structure and length.
5
Mechanics, and Spelling There should be no errors in your
grammar, mechanics, and/or spelling.

Total points 25

(Adapted from: www.readwriteandthink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

41
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 9. Based on the concepts of communication in a multicultural setting and the


learning exercises that you have done, please feel free to write your
arguments or lessons learned below:

1.

2.

3.

4.

42
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Multicultural International Intercultural

Cultural intelligence
Global awareness Cultural sensitivity
(CQ)

Prejudice/Bias Discrimination Ethnocentrism


Cultural
Cultural relativism Cultural appreciation
appropriation

43
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Week 4-5: Unit Learning Outcomes (ULO):


At the end of the unit, you are expected to
a. Explain the impact of globalization on society and the world;
b. Determine the varieties and registers of spoken and written the
English language; and
c. Apply the concepts of evaluating images and messages by creating
a multimodal text.

ULO-a. Explain the impact of globalization on society and the world.

Metalanguage

In this section, the essential terms relevant to the study of data management and to
demonstrate ULO-a will be operationally defined to establish a common frame of reference as to
how the texts work. You will encounter these terms as we go through the study of data
management. Please refer to these definitions in case you will encounter difficulty in understanding
some concepts.

1. Globalization is the process of connection, partnership, and the


relationship between and among nations to develop and mold cultural,
economic, and political partnerships and activities.

2. Virtual interaction is the manner of connecting with people from different


parts of the world through the use of technology such as the internet.

3. Social media power is the dominance of social media in today’s


technological generation.

4. Flight from the conversation is the urge to get away from a real face-to-
face conversation due to an overwhelming connection from the digital
world.

44
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Essential Knowledge

To perform the aforesaid big picture (unit learning outcomes) for the fourth and
fifth weeks of the course, you need to fully understand the following essential knowledge
that will be laid down in the succeeding pages. Please note that you are not limited to
refer to these resources exclusively. Thus, you are expected to utilize other books,
research articles, and other resources that are available in the university’s library, e.g.,
ebrary, search.proquest.com, etc.

Implications of Globalization to Communication

Communication competence is one factor in the success of an individual, including


success in business. However, globalization has created a big impact in dramatic ways in
the way people communicate. Part of this global development is the advent of the fourth
industrial revolution, which brought about massive developments in information technology,
including artificial intelligence.

Nowadays, one needs not to fly to other countries to conduct meetings. It is now
possible to do teleconferencing. Moreover, one can communicate via email, Skype, Viber,
Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter, etc. and study via learning management systems.

These developments also entail changes in the way we communicate, although the
same ethical considerations and principles would hold. The following are the implications of
globalization to communication:

1. Virtual Interactions

Because of globalization, virtual communication has become in vogue, has thus


accelerated the flow of communication in exponential terms. Around ten or so years ago,
one had to make an overseas call to communicate with a friend or relative in a foreign
country. Nowadays, through the use of the internet and modern gadgets, communicating to
any part of the world has become as easy as the click of a finger.

2. Information Highway

The channel of communication has become doubly efficient brought about by the
availability of numerous service providers offering internet, cable TV, and mobile telephone
facilities.

3. Business Transactions

The speed and efficiency of communication entail new approaches to transact


business around the globe. Traveling to another country to transact business could be
foregone in place of internet facilities and mobile services, a number of them for free.

One can do teleconferencing with a business partner abroad, without spending


much on travel. Thus, promotions, marketing, and selling products across the globe have
become easy and very quick because of virtual communication. Moreover, because of the
45
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

availability of quick communication facilities, information flow has been significantly


facilitated, and decision-making has become faster.

4. Social Media Power

One effect of globalization is the prevalence of social media networks, resulting in


social awareness of people in a global sense. The advent of advanced communication
technology promoted the “massification” of information, views, research studies, opinions,
and prototypes. Where before society is fragmented because of geographic separation,
now a global society has become a reality courtesy of social media.

Consequently, the political, economic, and social impact of this communication


revolution could only be unimaginable because the world has virtually shrunk like an
apple due to the speed by which communication could be transmitted.

You can also refer to the sources below to help you further
understand the lesson:

1. Castigador, A. (2019). Speak and write for a purpose. ACC Book Publishing.

2. Globalization, Communication and the Workplace: Talking Across the World, edited by Gail
Forey, and Jane Lockwood, Bloomsbury Publishing Plc, 2012. ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://search.proquest.com/legacydocview/EBC/742387?accountid=31259. May 14, 2020

3. International Communication and Globalization: A Critical Introduction, edited by Ali


Mohammadi, SAGE Publications, 1997. ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://search.proquest.com/legacydocview/EBC/537820?accountid=31259. May 14, 2020

4. Mohammed, Shaheed Nick. Communication and the Globalization of Culture: Beyond


Tradition and Borders, Lexington Books, 2011. ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://search.proquest.com/legacydocview/EBC/753242?accountid=31259. May 14, 2020

46
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 1. Now that you know the essential concepts in the implications of globalization to
communication let us try to check your understanding by reading Sherry Turkle’s “Flight
from Conversation.” After this, answer the following questions in 100-150 words each.

1. According to the writer, what is the difference between “conversation and connection”?
What does face-to-face conversation teach us? How?

2. What does “being alone together” mean? Cite the paragraph/s in the text that supports
your answer.

47
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

3. What does “flight from conversation” do to us?

4. Explain the following lines:


4.1. We expect more from technology and less from one another.
4.2 I share; therefore, I am.

48
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

5. What does Sherry Turkle suggest we do so we can make room for conversation?

*Note: please refer to the rubric found on the next page

49
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 1 Rubric

Criteria Description Points

Your answers should use specific and


convincing examples from the text (Flight
From Conversation) to support your claims
Evidence Citation 15
in your own writing, allowing you to have
an insightful and applicable connection
between the text and you.
Your answers should demonstrate a
conscious and thorough understanding of
the text (Flight From Conversation). Your
Focus and Details answers must have one clear and well- 10
focused topic. Your main ideas must be
clear and should be well-supported by
detailed and accurate information.
Your sentences must be well-constructed
Sentence Structure, Grammar, and have varied structure and length.
5
Mechanics, and Spelling There should be no errors in your
grammar, mechanics, and spelling.

Total points 30

(Adapted from: www.readwriteandthink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

50
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 1: Reading Text

The Flight From ConversAtion By SHERRY TURKLE (APRIL 21, 2012)


(Source: https://www.nytimes.com/2012/04/22/opinion/sunday/the-flight-from-
conversation.html)

Note: You may also watch Sherry Turkle’s TedTalk Video on “Connected, but Alone” at:

https://www.ted.com/talks/sherry_turkle_connected_but_alone/transcript?lan
guage=en

1- WE live in a technological universe in which we are always communicating. And yet we have
sacrificed conversation for mere connection.

2- At home, families sit together, texting, and reading e-mail. At work, executives text
during board meetings. We text (and shop and go on Facebook) during classes and when
we’re on dates. My students tell me about an important new skill: it involves maintaining
eye contact with someone while you text someone else; it’s hard, but it can be done.

3- Over the past 15 years, I’ve studied technologies of mobile connection and talked to hundreds
of people of all ages and circumstances about their plugged-in lives. I’ve learned that the little
devices most of us carry around are so powerful that they change not only what we do but also
who we are.

4- We’ve become accustomed to a new way of being “alone together.” Technology-enabled, we


can be with one another, and also elsewhere, connected to wherever we want to be. We want to
customize our lives. We want to move in and out of where we are because the thing we value
most is control over where we focus our attention. We have gotten used to the idea of being in a
tribe of one, loyal to our party.

5- Our colleagues want to go to that board meeting but pay attention only to what interests
them. To some, this seems like a good idea, but we can end up hiding from one another,
even as we are constantly connected to one another.

6-A businessman laments that he no longer has colleagues at work. He doesn’t stop by to talk;
he doesn’t call. He says that he doesn’t want to interrupt them. He says they’re “too busy on
their e-mail.” But then he pauses and corrects himself. “I’m not telling the truth. I’m the one
who doesn’t want to be interrupted. I think I should. But I’d rather just do things on my
BlackBerry.”

7-A 16-year-old boy who relies on texting for almost everything says almost wistfully,
“Someday, someday, but certainly, not now, I’d like to learn how to have a conversation.”

51
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134
In today’s workplace, young people who have grown up fearing conversation show up on the
job wearing earphones. Walking through a college library or the campus of a high-tech start-
up, one sees the same thing: we are together, but each of us is in our own bubble, furiously
connected to keyboards and tiny touch screens. A senior partner at a Boston law firm
describes a scene in his office. Young associates lay out their suite of technologies: laptops,
iPods, and multiple phones. And then they put their earphones on. “Big ones. Like pilots.
They turn their desks into cockpits.” With the young lawyers in their cockpits, the office is
quiet, a quiet that does not ask to be broken.

8- In the silence of connection, people are comforted by being in touch with a lot of people —
carefully kept at bay. We can’t get enough of one another if we can use technology to keep one
another at distances we can control: not too close, not too far, just right. I think of it as a
Goldilocks effect.

9- Texting and e-mail, and posting let us present the self we want to be. This means we can
edit. And if we wish to, we can delete it. Or retouch the voice, the flesh, the face, the body.
Not too much, not too little — just right.

10- Human relationships are rich; they’re messy and demanding. We have learned the habit of
cleaning them up with technology. And the move from conversation to connection is part of
this. But it’s a process in which we shortchange ourselves. Worse, it seems that over time we
stop caring, we forget that there is a difference.

11- We are tempted to think that our little “sips” of online connection add up to a big gulp of
real conversation. But they don’t. E-mail, Twitter, Facebook, all of these have their places —
in politics, commerce, romance, and friendship. But no matter how valuable, they do not
substitute for conversation.

12- Connecting in sips may work for gathering discrete bits of information or for saying, “I am
thinking about you.” Or even for saying, “I love you.” But connecting in sips doesn’t work as
well when it comes to an understanding and knowing one another. In conversation, we tend to
one another. (The word itself is kinetic; it’s derived from words that mean to move, together.)
We can attend to tone and nuance. In conversation, we are called upon to see things from
another’s point of view.

13- The FACE-TO-FACE conversation unfolds slowly. It teaches patience. When we


communicate on our digital devices, we learn different habits. As we ramp up the volume and
velocity of online connections, we start to expect faster answers. To get there, we ask one
another simpler questions; we dumb down our communications, even on the most important
matters. It is as though we have all put ourselves on cable news. Shakespeare might have said,
“We are consumed with that which we were nourished by.”

14- And we use a conversation with others to learn to converse with ourselves. So our flight from

52
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Conversation can mean diminished chances to learn skills of self-reflection. These days, social
media continually asks us what’s “on our mind,” but we have little motivation to say something
truly self-reflective. Self-reflection in conversation requires trust. It’s hard to do anything with
3,000 Facebook friends except connect.

15- As we get used to being shortchanged on conversation and to getting by with less, we seem
almost willing to dispense with people altogether. Serious people muse about the future of
computer programs as psychiatrists. A high school sophomore confides to me that he wishes he
could talk to an artificial intelligence program instead of his dad about dating; he says the A.I.
would have so much more in its database. Indeed, many people tell me they hope that as Siri,
the digital assistant on Apple’s iPhone becomes more advanced, “she” will be more and more
like a best friend — one who will listen when others won’t.

16- During the years I have spent researching people and their relationships with technology, I
have often heard the sentiment “No one is listening to me.” I believe this feeling helps explain
why it is so appealing to have a Facebook page or a Twitter feed — each provides so many
automatic listeners. And it helps explain why — against all reason — so many of us are
willing to talk to machines that seem to care about us. Researchers around the world are busy
inventing sociable robots, designed to be companions to the elderly, to children, to all of us.

17- One of the most haunting experiences during my research came when I brought one of
these robots, designed in the shape of a baby seal, to an elder-care facility, and an older
woman began to talk to it about the loss of her child. The robot seemed to be looking into her
eyes. It seemed to be following the conversation. The woman was comforted.

18- And so many people found this amazing. Like the sophomore who wants advice about dating
from artificial intelligence and those who look forward to computer psychiatry, this
enthusiasm speaks to how much we have confused conversation with connection and
collectively seem to have embraced a new kind of delusion that accepts the simulation of
compassion as sufficient unto the day. And why would we want to talk about love and loss
with a machine that has no experience of the arc of human life? Have we so lost confidence
that we will be there for one another?

19- We expect more from technology and less from one another and seem increasingly drawn to
technologies that provide the illusion of companionship without the demands of relationship.
Always-on/always-on-you devices provide three powerful fantasies: that we will always be
heard; that we can put our attention wherever we want it to be; and that we never have to be
alone. Indeed our new devices have turned to be alone into a problem that can be solved.

20- When people are alone, even for a few moments, they fidget and reach for a device. Here
connection works like a symptom, not a cure, and our constant, reflexive impulse to connect
shapes a new way of being.

53
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

21- Think of it as “I share; therefore, I am.” We use technology to define ourselves by sharing
our thoughts and feelings as we have them. We used to think, “I have a feeling; I want to make a
call.” Now our impulse is, “I want to have a feeling; I need to send a text.”

22- So, in order to feel more, and to feel more like ourselves, we connect. But in our rush to
connect, we flee from solitude, our ability to be separate and gather ourselves. Lacking the
capacity for solitude, we turn to other people but don’t experience them as they are. It is as
though we use them, need them as spare parts to support our increasingly fragile selves.

23- We think a constant connection will make us feel less lonely. The opposite is true. If we are
unable to be alone, we are far more likely to be lonely. If we don’t teach our children to be alone,
they will know only how to be lonely.

25-I am a partisan for conversation. To make room for it, I see some first, deliberate steps. At
home, we can create sacred spaces: the kitchen, the dining room. We can make our cars
“device-free zones.” We can demonstrate the value of conversation to our children. And we
can do the same thing at work. There we are so busy communicating that we often don’t have
time to talk to one another about what really matters. Employees asked for casual Fridays;
perhaps managers should introduce conversational Thursdays. Most of all, we need to
remember — in between texts and e-mails and Facebook posts — to listen to one another,
even to the boring bits, because it is often in unedited moments, moments in which we hesitate
and stutter and go silent, that we reveal ourselves to one another.

26-I spend the summers at a cottage on Cape Cod, and for decades I walked the same dunes
that Thoreau once walked. Not too long ago, people walked with their heads up, looking at the
water, the sky, the sand, and at one another, talking. Now they often walk with their heads
down, typing. Even when they are with friends, partners, children, everyone is on their own
devices.

27- So I say, look up, look at one another, and let’s start the conversation.

54
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 2. Now that you know the implications of globalization to communication, I will
require you to reflect on and answer the following:

As technology advances, the world is both getting larger and smaller. Today, we can
communicate with people across the globe at the touch of a button. With the onset of new
technology, globalization is impacting the ways we communicate and learn in fascinating
ways. We are expanding our understanding of fellowship, and as we become more
connected, we are deepening our educational experiences. The rise in the use of the
internet, in particular, has been incredibly instrumental in improving how we connect with
one another.

Because of technologies like the internet, we have the opportunity to view diverse
perspectives that were outside of our scope before. We are able to fully connect with
someone who is thousands of miles away in real-time, and the effects are profound. With
this, reflect on the question:

“Have technologies like the internet created a more harmonious or a more


divided society amidst globalization? Explain your answer.”

55
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

*Note: Please refer to the following rubric:

Activity 2 Rubric

Criteria Description Points

Your answers must be inviting and should


state the goal or thesis. The answers must
provide information that is presented in a
Organization logical order and should maintain the 10
interest of your desired audience. Your
concluding statements must strongly state
a personal opinion.
Your answers must provide excellent
reasons that are stated with great support.
Reasons and Support It must also be evident that a lot of thought 10
and research was made in relevance to
your answers.
Your sentences must be well-constructed
Sentence Structure, Grammar, and have varied structure and length.
5
Mechanics, and Spelling There should be no errors in your
grammar, mechanics, and/or spelling.

Total points 25

(Adapted from: www.readwriteandthink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

56
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Activity 3. Based on the implications of globalization to communication and the learning


exercises that you have done, please feel free to write your arguments or
lessons learned below:

1.

2.

3.

4.

57
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Globalization Virtual interaction Information highway

Social media power Flight from conversation Conversation

Connection Alone together Digital world

58
ULO-b. Determine the varieties and registers of spoken and written English
language

Metalanguage

In this section, the essential terms relevant to the study of the varieties and
registers of spoken and written English language and to demonstrate, ULO-b will
be operationally defined to establish a common frame of reference as to how the
texts work. You will encounter these terms as we go through this topic. Please
refer to these definitions in case you will encounter difficulty in understanding
some concepts.

1. Varieties of English language is the various types of English language


dialects that are practiced by people from all over the world

2. Language register is the appropriateness of writing and speaking styles.


This also serves as a guide for most writers and speakers in the use of
appropriate grammar, sentence structures, and vocabulary.

Essential Knowledge

To perform the aforesaid big picture (unit learning outcomes) for the fourth and
fifth weeks of the course, you need to fully understand the following essential
knowledge that will be laid down in the succeeding pages. Please note that you are not
limited to refer to these resources exclusively. Thus, you are expected to utilize other
books, research articles, and other resources that are the university’s library, e.g.,
ebrary, search.proquest.com, etc.

Varieties and Registers of Spoken and Written English

Globalization leads to different complexities and varieties of communication


processes. Communication has developed different communication styles, which are all
results of globalization. Many linguists and experts acknowledge different forms of
Englishes worldwide.

World Englishes come in different forms. One term or word may have the same
meaning but may be used in different approaches. While American and British Englishes
are deemed as the “correct,” “good,” or “proper,” other forms or varieties of English around
the world are as valid and legitimate.

Using English is more than just the mastery of all. It is grammatical and linguistic
59
complexities. In using the language, you have to be very careful with your purpose and
context in delivering your message to your target audience.

Philippine English is, in fact, one of the many varieties of Englishes in the world.
There are expressions, terms, and words that Filipinos use in English, which may be
different from any other variants of English.

Language register is defined as the appropriateness of the level and style


of speaking and writing. It guides a speaker or writer in the use of vocabulary,
structure, and grammar.

At least three language registers have been identified as the most common
ones:

1. Formal – formal register is the style of writing or speaking for


unfamiliar audiences/readers or your superiors in an office.

2. Informal – the informal register, otherwise called casual or intimate,


is recommended when writing/speaking to friends and familiar
persons.

3. Neutral – this register is the more objective, impersonal, and


factual type of writing or speaking.

Formal register is the type of speaking/writing appropriate for formal


speeches, articles, studies, technical reports, announcements, business letters,
and emails for business purposes.
A number of rules govern the use of formal language register, as follows:

1. Use the third person – the undersigned,


instead of “I,” the reporter, instead of he/she.

2. Avoid contractions – use would not, instead of won’t, cannot instead


of can’t. However, note that apostrophes are used to show
possession, as in Anna’s law office. On the other hand, an
apostrophe can be used to indicate a plural symbol or numbers, e.g.,
BMW’s, 7’s, etc.

3. Spell out numbers below one hundred –


sixteen, eight, ninety-five, etc.

4. Use formal words rather than slang and clichés – examples of slang
are: “cool” for very good or “dough” for money.

5. Acronyms may be used in formal speaking and writing, but you have
you to spell it out first and put the acronym in parentheses, e.g.,
non-
60
government organization (NGO), thereafter you may use the
acronym in other parts of your paragraph.

6. Use complete sentences in your write up/speech – avoid the use


of phrases and clauses instead of a complete sentence.

7. The use of active rather than passive sentences is preferred. Use “A


singer entertained the guests” instead of “The guests were
entertained by a singer.”

8. Simple sentences rather than compound and complex sentences


would help make your write up/speech shorter and easier to
understand.

9. Use conjunctions to indicate transitions or imply continuity or cause


and effect relationship in the ideas of your sentences. Conjunctions
such as, however, nevertheless, similarly, on the other hand, could
help relate or show contrast in the ideas in your sentences.

Informal language register is used for informal and friendly letters/speeches


for your acquaintances, friends, and family members, thus written in an informal
style. This is the type of writing you adopt for the short messaging system (text
messages), friendly letters, personal e-mails, diaries, journals, and blogs. Informal
writing is the opposite of formal letters; hence, it does not require formal and strict
rules to follow. Here you may use figures of speech, personal pronouns, symbols,
acronyms, slangs, and even incomplete sentences, phrases, and clauses.

Finally, the neutral language register is neither formal nor informal, thus
applicable for non- emotional and factual themes. This style of writing/speaking is
usually seen in articles, technical reports, and magazine reviews.

Varieties of Language

The different kinds of English language used around the world led to the
varieties in the use of English. The reason for this is historical: England used
English as its native language for more than 1,000 years. However, eventually, the
use of English spread in many parts of the globe like Canada, the U.S.A, and
Australia because of migration, employment, and economic reasons. Since
language is dynamic and culture-bound, the differences in culture eventually
resulted in changes in the original English language.

There are at least three main varieties of English: British English, American
English, and Australian English. However, variety and even sub-varieties had
been noted in other countries where English is used. There may be varieties in
spelling. For instance, color in American English is color in British English.

On the other hand, varieties had been observed in grammar. For instance, for
British speakers, they would say: “Have you eaten all those fruits?” while for

61
Americans, they would say: “Did you eat all those fruits?” This is due to the fact
that British English at times use the present perfect tense of the verb, whereas
American English would prefer using the simple past tense. More examples could
be seen below the varieties in American and British English.

British English: Have you eaten all those Happybee fried chicken?

American English: Did you eat all those Happybee fried chicken?

British English: Have you ever watched the TV series, Ang


Probinsiyano?

American English: Did you ever watch the TV series, Ang Probinsiyano?

For tag questions, the following varieties were observed between British and
American English:

British English: I’ll upload these pictures on my Facebook, will I?

I’ll upload these pictures on


American English: my Facebook, right?

Still, variety in English was noted in the use of prepositions. For instance,
the British would say: The time is 15 minutes past five. For Americans, they
would say: The time is 15 minutes after five.

For adverbs, the following varieties in informal speech between British


and American English had been noted:

In American English cases in the use of adverbs without the -ly ending:

American Tagaytay was a real cold


English: last February.

British English Tagaytay was really cold last February

For vocabulary, varieties of English could be seen mainly between American


English (AmE) and British English (BrE), the two most prevalent varieties of English:

Meanings

62
In some instances, a variety between British and American English was
seen, such as in the use of the word cab for Americans while the British use the
word

63
taxi, although both refer to only one and the same thing.

However, noted were differences in meaning in the use of the word “quite.” In
American English, the term “quite” is used as an intensifier:

He was upset a while ago, and that was all right,


but now he’s quite upset, so we have to leave!

In British English, however, “quite” is used to lessen the intensity of the term.

He was upset a while ago, so I was thinking of leaving; now, he’s still quite upset, but I
think it’s all right to stay.

You can also refer to the sources below to help you further
understand the lesson:

1. Castigador, A. (2019). Speak and write for a purpose. ACC Book Publishing.

2. Seargeant, Philip. Exploring World Englishes: Language in a Global Context, Taylor &
Francis Group, 2012. ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://search.proquest.com/legacydocview/EBC/981759?accountid=31259. May 14, 2020

3. SlideTalk.net (2020. Lesson 9: Varieties of English. Retrieved


https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1N5tKEydla8 May 14, 2020

4. Varieties of English, edited by Alexander Bergs, and Laurel Brinton, De Gruyter, Inc., 2017.
ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://search.proquest.com/ebookcentral/legacydocview/EBC/5116129?accountid=31259.
May 14, 2020

64
Activity 4.
Now that you know the most essential terms and concepts in the study of
varieties and registers of spoken and written the English language, let us try to check
your understanding of these terms and concepts. In the space provided, Identify
whether the following underlined word is British English or American English by
using the symbols BrE for British and AmE for American English.

1. The durian was really sweet.

2. Seeing the rice terraces was truly amazing.

3. The picnic to Boracay was a real experience.

4. Tito bought a pair of beautiful trousers.

5. May I use your toilet?

6. The building is tall, so let’s use the lift.

7. Our office janitor is very conscientious about cleaning our


workplace.

8. Please throw your rubbish in the proper waste can.

9. The plants were arranged beautifully on the ground floor of the building.

10. To avoid accidents, please double-check that your cooker is


properly turned off before leaving your house.

65
Activity 5.

Instructions: Watch the video, “Don’t Judge my African American English,” using
this link - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j7_rihFMB78. Be ready to answer
the following questions:

1. What is the video about?

2. Describe the features of African American English based on what the different speakers
shared and showed in the video.

66
3. In what way is African American English both a form of rebellion and expression?

4. One of the speakers in the video said, “Grammar is a big thing in this society.”
Explain what she means by citing examples.

67
5. How is African American English judged by society? Do you share the same
observations? Support your answer.

6. What is the purpose of the video? What message does it convey to the viewers?

*Note: Please refer to the rubric found on the next page.

68
Activity 5 Rubric

Criteria Description Points

Your answers must be inviting and should state


the goal or thesis. The answers must provide
information that is presented in a logical order and
Organization 15
should maintain the interest of your desired
audience. Your concluding statements must
strongly state a personal opinion.
Your answers must provide excellent reasons that
are stated with great support. It must also be
Reasons and Support 10
evident that a lot of thought and research was
made in relevance to your answers.
Your sentences must be well-constructed and
Sentence Structure,
have varied structure and length. There should be
Grammar, Mechanics, 5
no errors in your grammar, mechanics, and/or
and Spelling
spelling.

Total points 30

(Adapted from: www.readwriteandthink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

69
Activity 6. Based on the implications of globalization to communication and the learning
exercises that you have done, please feel free to write your arguments or
lessons learned below:

1.

2.

3.

4.

70
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Varieties of English Formal Neutral

Informal British English American English

Language register World Englishes Register

70
ULO-c. Apply the concepts of evaluating images and messages by creating a
multimodal text.

Metalanguage

In this section, the essential terms relevant to the study of evaluating images
and messages and to demonstrate ULO-c will be operationally defined to establish a
common frame of reference as to how the texts work. You will encounter these terms
as we go through the study of evaluating images and messages. Please refer to
these definitions in case you will encounter difficulty in understanding some concepts.

1. Multimodality is the interweaving of two or more modes using text, images,


audio, and other visual, aural, or spatial resources.

2. Semiotic system is assigning content of signs (semiotics) and their


meanings in a system or structure.

Essential Knowledge

To perform the aforesaid big picture (unit learning outcomes) for the fourth and
fifth weeks of the course, you need to fully understand the following essential
knowledge that will be laid down in the succeeding pages. Please note that you are
not limited to refer to these resources exclusively. Thus, you are expected to utilize
other books, research articles, and other resources that are available in the
university’s library, e.g., ebrary, search.proquest.com, etc.

Evaluating Messages and/or Images

Critical evaluation, one of the levels of comprehension advanced by


Benjamin Bloom, requires a thorough analysis and critical look at information,
messages, and images that we get from or use for reading materials, lectures, or
presentations, for one to obtain or use accurate information.

Evaluating Images

Since media messages are developed, they could be altered or


disintegrated. Lately, many fake news and altered media materials misled people
into accepting and believing them. Thus, media messages and images should be
evaluated to ensure their validity, reliability, and appropriateness.

71
The following questions can be used in evaluating messages and/or
images:

1. What is the message?


2. What is the purpose of the messages?
3. How is the message conveyed by the text and/or image?
4. Who is the target audience of the message?
5. What is the effect of the message being conveyed in this manner to the
receiver?

Multimodal Text

A text may be multimodal if there is a combination of two or more semiotic


systems. The following are the five semiotic systems:

1. Linguistic - includes aspects such as vocabulary, generic structure of both oral


and written language;
2. Visual - includes aspects such as colors, vectors, and still and moving images.
3. Audio - includes aspects such as volume, pitch, rhythm of music, and sound
effects.
4. Gestural - includes aspects such as movements, speed, and stillness in facial
expression and body movement.
5. Spatial - includes aspects such as proximity, direction, the position of layout,
and organization of objects in space.
(Source:http://www.curriculum.edu.au/leader/helping_teachers_to_explore_multimodal_texts,3152
2.html?issueID=12141 Retrieved 2/23/20)

72
Multimodal Text in Infographic

Infographics is a collection of pictures, charts, and graphs that gives an


understanding of a topic’s overview. It is used because a human’s brain recognizes visual
patterns faster than reading texts. This is because our brains scan text sequentially (one
word at a time) while we can picture different places at the same time.

Source: https://visual.ly/community/infographic/education/cost-college-education-philippines Retrieved 2/23/20

73
Multimodal Text in Advertisements

Advertisements, just like infographics, are multimodal texts presenting visuals and
linguistic semiotic systems. Ads are the means of many companies to market and promote
their products, services, and campaigns or platforms.

Source: https://encrypted-tbn0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn%3AANd9GcQRzUZc9lNtHa0xr32VeP66CBRixaB3KmtIQ-
ywPFLNLLjBfPKW Retrieved 2/23/20

Multimodal Text in Editorial Cartoon

Like infographics and advertisements, editorial cartoons are also multimodal in


nature. As seen in the example below, editorial cartoons achieve multimodality by
making use of available semiotic systems in images and words in a single text.

While most editorial cartoons talk about politics, there are varieties of topics that
are covered in editorial cartoons. Since they are used in newspapers and other reading
materials, editorial cartoons cover topics that are currently relevant in society. Readers
take different interpretations of the multimodal text presented in the editorial cartoons.

74
Source: https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/editorial-cartoon-back-to-school-supplies Retrieved 2/23/20

Multimodal Text in Fund-Raising (For-A-Cause) Posters

Just like ads, infographics, and editorial cartoons, posters also employ
multimodality. There are different types of posters. There are promotional posters for
films, books, exhibitions, and events. There are also some posters for campaigns or
awareness-raising posters. Look at the example below:

Source: https://www.behindrollingchair.com/dinner-for-a-cause/ Retrieved 2/23/20

75
You can also refer to the sources below to help you further
understand the lesson:

1. Castigador, A. (2019). Speak and write for a purpose. ACC Book Publishing.

2. Suarez, C., Perfecto, M.R., Canilao, M.L.E., Paez, D.B. (2018). Purposive
communication in English. Ateneo de Manila University Press.

3. Perspectives on Multimodality, edited by Eija Ventola et al., John Benjamins Publishing


Company, 2004. ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://search.proquest.com/legacydocview/EBC/769702?accountid=31259.

4. Multimodal Composing in Classrooms: Learning and Teaching for the Digital World,
edited by Suzanne M. Miller, and Mary B. McVee, Taylor & Francis Group, 2012.
ProQuest Ebook Central,
https://search.proquest.com/legacydocview/EBC/956967?accountid=31259.

76
Activity 7. Getting acquainted with the essential terms and concepts of multimodal text,
what also matters is you should also be able to apply these concepts. Now, I will require you
to search, analyze, and interpret your own multimodal text.

I. Search on multimodal materials (images) that are socially relevant and compelling.
Copy this image and make sure to cite the source.

Images here (Label Image 1 and Image 2)

II. What type of multimodal Image 1 and Image 2 is? They should be any of the
following: (No duplication)
a. Infographics
b. Advertisements
c. Editorial cartoons
d. fund-raising (for-a-cause) posters

III. Carefully evaluate each of them and answer the following questions:
a. What is the message? (30-50 words)

77
b. What is the purpose of the messages? (30-50 words)

c. How is the message conveyed by the text and/or image? (50-70 words)

78
d. Who is the target audience of the message? Explain why. (30-50 words)

e. What is the effect of the message being conveyed in this manner to the receiver?
(50-70 words)

79
Activity 7 Rubric

Criteria Description Points

Exploration and Your answers must demonstrate that you have


10
Argumentation reflected and analyzed on the multimodal texts.
Your answers must be inviting and should state the
goal or thesis. The answers must provide information
that is presented in a logical order and should
Organization 10
maintain the interest of your desired audience. Your
concluding statements must strongly state a personal
opinion.
Your answers must provide excellent reasons that
are stated with great support. It must also be evident
Reasons and Support 10
that a lot of thought and research was made in
relevance to your answers.
Sentence Structure, Your sentences must be well-constructed and have
Grammar, Mechanics, varied structure and length. There should be no 10
and Spelling errors in your grammar, mechanics, and/or spelling.

Total points 40

(Adapted from www.readwriteandthink.org and https://courses.lumenlearning.com/ Retrieved:


April 24, 2020)

80
Activity 8. Based on the lesson on evaluating images and messages in multimodal
texts and the learning exercises that you have done, please feel free to
write your arguments or lessons learned below:

1.

2.

3.

4.

81
College of Arts and Sciences Education
General Education - Language
2nd Floor, DPT Building, Matina Campus, Davao City
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 134

Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Multimodal text Semiotic system Linguistic

Visual Audio Spatial

Gestural Infographic Advertisement

Editorial cartoon Posters (for-a-cause) Multimodality

82
At the end of the unit, you are expected to
a. distinguish the advantages of sign languages in adopting the
environment and adapting with its people;
b. differentiate diverse communication strategies in transmitting and
absorbing information through stimulating and meaningful
manner; and
c. provide illustrations pertaining to communication strategies aided
by technology.

In this section, presented are the indispensable terms relevant to distinguish


the advantages of sign languages in adopting the environment and adapting with
its people. To demonstrate, ULO-a will be operationally defined to establish a
common frame of reference as to how the texts work. You will encounter these
terms as we go through the study of sign languages. Please refer to these
definitions in case you will encounter difficulty in understanding some concepts.

1. Definitions and Natures of Sign Languages


• A sign language is a language that utilizes signs made with the face,
hands, and other movements.
• Sign language is a way to communicate through hand gestures
and symbols, which are often used by deaf and mute.
• Sign language is relayed through manual articulations, which
include facial expressions, hand gestures, and body movements.
• A sign language is conveyed to have a shared and/or common
understanding of a message.

83
• A sign language also involves encoding and decoding of messages
to the target participants.
• A sign language aids you to create connections with others from
different places with diverse beliefs, cultures, and customs.
• A sign language paves the way for a better understanding of other
people and the world.
• A sign language allows you to persuade, inform, and entertain the
people around you.

2. The flexibility of Human Language. Human language shows its


adaptability that when deafness leads to speech inactivity, it seeks
another way thru signs and symbols.

3. Sign Language Relativity. Sign languages are not universally


understandable across cultures. The signs and symbols may be offensive
while communicating with people who convey a different language.

4. Advantages of Sign Language. A sign language offers varied


opportunities not only to parents and their hearing-impaired children but
also to others and their target audience, paving the way to adopt and
adapt to people and the world.

To perform the aforementioned big picture (unit learning outcomes)


intended for week six and seven (6-7), you must fully understand the following
essential knowledge which will be presented in the succeeding pages. Kindly
remember that you are not primarily chained to these resources. Hence, you
are expected to utilize other references such as books, journals, articles, and
other resources that are accessible in the university’s library, e.g., library,
search.proquest.com, etc.

1. “Communication between culture is facilitated by the availability


of a common language.”
The said premise of Castigador (2019) is analogous with the
concept that there must be a common understanding through sounds

84
And symbols that people utilize for talking or writing
(COBUILD Advanced English Dictionary, 2020).
Living in vast diversity, though, it’s possible to
experience a language barrier during work, travel, or
everyday life. Say, for instance, meeting people who
speak a different language can be challenging. How
will individuals connect
in the absence of common language then? With a little patience and
creativity, still, it is possible to communicate despite language barriers
(Evans, 2014).

2. Rising above language barriers.


One way of rising above language difficulty is using a sign language.
As people move across borders, explore opportunities, and interact with
others, a common language becomes a need to thrive. For that reason, the
contribution of sign language is gaining momentum and showing evidence
that it is a necessity in today’s society (Berry, 2020).

3. The Birth of Sign Languages.


In retrospect, sign language is traced back before Christ and during
the Renaissance. Though varied theories arise as to why and how these
sign languages evolve, nobody can accurately determine their early origin
(Larson & Hallen, 1998). Perlmutter (2013) added further that in the second
half of the 20th century, several observed that numerous thoughts are
differently expressed in signs which are assumed as an ungrammatical
form of English. Afterward, sign languages are utilized to substitute for
speech.
In the words of Castigador (2018), a sign language is perhaps older
than spoken language, which may comprise of hand gestures, shrugs,
facial expressions, or coded manual signals strengthened through the use of
words reflected in the alphabet.

4. Flexibility of Human Language vis-à-vis Sign Languages


Perlmutter (2013) conveyed that sign language as a language has
been discovered over the past half-century. With that occurrence, it’s not
only about the discovery of sign language but also an exposition of language
itself. It magnifies that a human language is “more flexible than had been
imagined” because it exists either in the auditory or visual aspect.
Undeniably

85
human language shows its adaptability that when deafness leads to speech
inactivity, the human language looks for another way thru signs and
symbols.

5. Sign Language and its Existence.


A sign language is a language that involves encoding as well as
decoding of messages through the use of hands, face, and other body
movements. Messages are conveyed through gestures, facial expressions,
and body movements. Sign language is done to achieve a shared and/or
common understanding of a message. It allows people to persuade, inform,
and entertain. Through sign language, a better understanding of other
people and the world happens because it creates connections with others
from different places with diverse beliefs, cultures, and customs.

6. Some Examples of Sign Languages.


Shown below are a few examples of sign languages that exist in our
local setting and the world.

Italy
Sign of Inquiry
USA
“What is it?” or “What do you
Sign of approval
want?”
“To rock on” as adopted by
(It’s followed by a flick of the
rockers
wrist)
Italy, Brazil, Portugal & Spain
Democratic Republic of Congo
Sign of cheating
Sign of small amount
(It is telling someone that his
wife is a cheater) Egypt
THE HORN FINGERS
Sign of time
FINGER ALTOGETHER
(It’s a motion that you only have a
minute)

USA, Philippines
Sign of Peace Philippines, Japan & Singapore
“To rock on” as adopted by Sign of Rudeness
rockers -This sign is tantamount to
Australia, Ireland, UK, & NZ calling dogs.
Sign of Rudeness -It should not be used to let
(It signifies contempt/defiance someone come over to you.
THE “V” towards authority) FINGER
SIGN SUMMONING

86
USA, UK & Philippines
Sign of OK
“Absolutely fine” Ghana & Philippines
“Everything is good” Sign of Money
(It indicates money is coming)
France & Belgium
Sign of Worthlessness
(It means zero or worthless)
A-OK Japan ITCHY
SIGN Mor PALMo
Sign of Money
e f
©Google Images (2020)

©Google Images (2020)

87
Eyebrows Eye Contact
If raised, this signals discomfort. If staring takes very long, it may
indicate lying.
Voice
If the voice goes up and
down, this means interest.

Legs
Legs
If crossed, this signals resistance and
If expansive and authoritative
low-receptivity.
posture, it shows leadership.

Legs
If shaking, this signals a shaky
inner state.
©Google Images (2020)

7. Sign Language Relativity


Although having similarities among languages, sign languages are
relative, which means that these are not mutually understandable across cultures
(Larson & Hallen, 1998; Sandler & Lillo-Martin, 2006). Consequently, words may
have different meanings, and the gestures may deem offensive while
communicating with others who speak a different language. Hence, “what works
in one culture doesn’t work in another.” When interacting with individuals who
speak a different language; thus, people may tend to be self-conscious for not
understanding the words being used. In the process, the preferred gestures to
reinforce the conversation are not really intended to be offensive (The Newman
Group, Inc, 2020).

88
8. Advantages of Sign Language.
Learning the sign language can open varied opportunities not only to
parents and their hearing-impaired children but also to others and their
target audience. Indeed, sign language paves the way for a better
understanding of other people. It truly creates a connection with others
from different places with diverse beliefs, cultures, and customs may
happen. Sign languages, therefore, lead us to adopt and adapt to people
and the world.

1. Acredolo, L., and Goodwin, S. (2017). Seven benefits of sign language.


Retrieved from https://www.health24.com/Medical/Hearing-
management/Hearing-in- children/Many-benefits-of-sign-language-
20120721

2. Perlmutter, D. M. (2013). What is sign language? Retrieved from https://


www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/Sign_Language.pdf

3. Shiel, WC. (2020). Medical definition of sign languages. Retrieved from


https://www.medicinenet.com/script/main/art.asp?articlekey=39158

Activity 1A: Sign Languages


Instructions: Insert pictures of sign languages practiced in the Philippines. Then,
indicate the meaning of each picture. Kindly refer to the rubric presented after the activity
templates.

Sign Languages in the Philippines Meaning

1)

89
2)

3)

4)

5)

Activity 1B: Sign Languages


Instructions: Insert pictures of sign languages practiced in the global setting. Then,
indicate the meaning of each picture. Kindly refer to the rubric presented on the next
page.

Sign Languages in the Global Setting Meaning


1)

90
2)

3)

4)

5)

Activity 1. Rubric
Criteria Description Points

The main ideas must be clear and


Focus and
well- supported by accurate 10 points
Details
details and information.

Images must synchronize with the


Congruence 5 points
details or information provided.

Mechanics Sentences must be well


(grammar, constructed. Errors in grammar,
10 points
punctuation, mechanics, and/or spelling are
and spelling) avoided.

(Adapted from www.readwritethink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

91
Learning sign language can open opportunities for effective ideas on how to
adopt and adapt to people and their environment (Lera, 2020). Distinguish the
advantages of sign languages in society and the world, in general. Please refer to the
rubric found on the next page.

_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
__ .
Writing Rubric

Criteria Description Points

The main ideas are well-supported by


Focus and Details details 5 points
and accurate information.
The introduction is inviting. It states the
main topic and provides an overview of
Organization the paper. Then, information is relevant 5 points
and presented in a logical order. Lastly,
the conclusion is convincing.
The author’s purpose in writing is very
clear that catches the attention of the
Voice 5 points
readers. The writer’s extensive
knowledge with the topic is/are evident.
The word choice and placement seem
Word Choice 5 points
accurate and natural (not forced).
Sentences are well constructed, which
have varied structure and length. Errors
Mechanics 5 points
in grammar, mechanics, and/or spelling
are avoided.

(Adapted from www.readwritethink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

92
Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Communication Human Language Sign Language

Encoding Shared Understanding Decoding

Gestures Facial Expressions Body Movement

93
In this section, presented are the essential terms relevant to differentiate
diverse communication strategies in transmitting and absorbing information
through a stimulating and meaningful manner. To demonstrate, ULO-b will be
operationally defined to establish a common frame of reference as to how the texts
work. You will encounter these terms as we go through the study of sign
languages. Please refer to these definitions in case you will encounter difficulty in
understanding some concepts.

1. Definitions and Natures of Communication Strategies


• Communication strategies refer to the techniques of conveying a
message.
• Communication Strategies pertain to the methods which smoothen
the sending and receiving of the message.
• Communication Strategies allow free flow information, where better
understanding happens.
• Communication strategies are employed to assist the speaker in
sending his messages and help the receivers in processing the
information quickly.
• Communication strategies resemble a fact-filled and fun-laced
presentation of data.

2. Audio-visual Aids are learning devices which assist in clarifying,


establishing, correlating, coordinating, interpreting, and appreciating
concepts. These may include illustrations, pictures, charts, graphs, and
film clips that may be utilized.

3. PowerPoint Presentation is a technological device that has been


widely used to relay messages through slides, bullets, tables, images,
illustrations, links, and videos.

94
4. Web-based Applications comprise any program which is retrieved
through a network connection using HTTP. Through this connection,
one may access light applications such as flash games, online
calculators, calendars, and others.

To perform the aforementioned big picture (unit learning outcomes)


intended for week six and seven (6-7), you must fully understand the following
essential knowledge which will be presented in the succeeding pages. Kindly
remember that you are not primarily chained to these resources. Hence, you
are expected to utilize other references such as books, journals, articles, and
other resources that are accessible in the university’s library, e.g., ebrary,
search.proquest.com, etc.

Audio-Visual Aids
What do you prefer more in learning? Is it through in-person teaching? How
about seeing texts, images, and videos? What do these instructional methods
appeal to you? Learners may differ from learning styles due to individual
preferences. Everybody has choices on how to take, process, and impart
information. Some may have the likelihood to grasp info when presented orally,
whereas others may learn better when the information is presented through
images (Smith, 2019).

Activating Audio and Visual Senses


Audiovisual aids are considered as instructional
materials that help learners to understand the topic easily.
Through hearing (audio) and seeing (visual), knowledge is
made clear with the help of these senses. Audio aids are
devices that can be heard only.

Image © www.google.com

95
Meanwhile, visual aids are materials that help to envision
the meaning. With these concepts, audio-visual aids transform a
learning environment as meaningful as possible through hearing
and seeing. Therefore, any material which can be utilized to create
learning encounter more realistic and engaging can be considered
audiovisual material (Instructional Technology 3, 2011).

Similarly, audio-visual aids are learning devices which assist


in clarifying, establishing, correlating, coordinating, interpreting, and
appreciating concepts. In doing so, illustrations, pictures, charts,
graphs, and film clips may be utilized. Few examples of these
audiovisual aids are PowerPoint presentations, web-based
applications, blogging, vlogging, and multi-modal texts. Eventually,
these learning materials enable the learner to absorb the information
in a more interesting, inspirational, and meaningful manner.

PowerPoint Presentation
Most individuals are familiar with PowerPoint presentations. Be it in education or
career, and this technological device has been widely used to relay messages through
slides, bullets, tables, images, illustrations, links, and videos. Through these, learning
sessions, board-level presentations, business meetings, or any occurrence may
transform into fact-filled and fun-laced encounters.
Considering the advantages which PowerPoint offers, people in the academe,
business, and industry are encouraged to delve into the utilization of this technological
advancement. Through this, cost-effective and captivating
presentations pave the way for engaging content for
learners, customers, and investors alike (New Horizons,
2015).

97
In the lens of Castigador (2019), the following are
helpful tips in preparing a PowerPoint presentation:

Images © www.google.com

1. Time and Venue.


The time and venue of the presentation must be taken
into consideration. These concerns also include the
lighting, which will positively or negatively affect the
presentation. Whenever in an open area, LCD/ LED
projector is not appropriate. In that case, a chart or other
visual aids may do.
2. Audience.
The demographic profile of the audience is also a
factor to consider. This may comprise the number, profile,
age, norms, and culture. Likewise, using the crowd’s
common language suggests an advantage to gain
attention.
3. Preferences.
The listeners’ likes and dislikes, too, must be looked
into. Aside from that, it must be noted that anything
offensive to the listeners must be avoided. As to the young
audience, they may prefer colorful and cartoon-like
materials, unlike adult listeners.
4. Purpose.
The presentation must be guided by a clear purpose.
The planning and preparation should be aligned in this
purpose, along with the audience, location, and time of
the presentation. In doing so, drafting is the first step to
warrant appropriate sequencing of ideas. After drafting by

98
means of sketching the framework, one can start working
on the PowerPoint presentation.
5. Insertions.
These refer to the pictures, graphics, videos, graphs,
tables, and charts to be inserted in the PowerPoint slides.

Images © www.google.com

99
It must be ensured that these insertions are relevant and
interesting, which gets the attention of the listeners.
6. Texts.
The size and font of the texts must be visible enough
that even the last person occupying the venue can see.
Depending on the number of listeners, the texts must be
suitable or readable.

7. Design.
The design of the PowerPoint presentation must help
the viewers understand important concepts or details. The
number of bullets must be limited to five to seven lines.
Anchored on the 555 principles, there must be five lines
per frame, five words per line, and five frames of text. In
that case, crowded and heavy slides are avoided. In the
same context, sentences or paragraphs are not
encouraged. Similarly, important details must be
summarized so that phrases in bullet points and compact
details are presented in each slide.

8. Rehearsal. It is advised that a rehearsal be demonstrated.


It is to ensure familiarity with the presentation details.
Consequently, the coordination of the presentation and
equipment works alongside mastery and self-confidence.
Likewise, rehearsals help to improve audio-visual devices
because glitches may be detected early. Also, rehearsals
help the presenters visualize the impact of the
presentation, thus, giving them the idea of whether to
retain or reconfigure some parts of the presentation.
Images © www.google.com

100
10. Scrutiny. It is recommended to check the equipment and
venue before the presentation. It comprises the position,
outlet, and the manner of presentation. Addressing these
concerns make the presentation smooth for the presenter
and convenient for the listeners.
Visual thrills, collaboration tools, easy access, and effective relay of information
are indeed some of the advantages which a PowerPoint has to offer. With these, speaking
anxieties may be lessened because the presentation can divert the listeners’ attention
from the speaker towards the screen (Bell, 2020).

Web-based Application Images © www.google.com

With the advent of technology, how do we suppose


to respond? Do we prefer to be left behind or step
forward? Web-based applications are proliferating
nowadays, which are deemed useful in terms of
communication strategies. What does it mean? What is it
really about? A web-based application, also known as a
web app, refers to any program which is retrieved over a
network connection using HTTP.
Some confusions are arising about application terms
such as web-based, internet-based, and cloud-based. Web-
based applications comprise all the applications that connect
with the user via HTTP. As a clarification, this technological
tool
consists of light applications such as flash games, online
calculators, calendars, and others.
Besides, major applications such as word processors and
spreadsheet applications are also the coverage of web-based
applications. All of these exist inside a web browser; yet, these
may be client-based where parts of the program are downloaded

99
to a user’s desktop. Then, the processing is done over the
internet on an external server (Techopedia, 2017).
Specifically, what can web-based applications do? Well,
these web-based applications are a valuable tool in many
fields such as education, business industry, and other
organizations because these are capable of assisting in
different forms.
These may include tracking performance records, managing
passenger/cargo transportation, working with payroll/salaries,
monitoring financial procedures, controlling employees’
workflow, allowing booking accommodations, online processing
payments, and so on. These complex tasks can be
accomplished through programming languages and multiple
technologies via a server.
Likewise, a web-based application will run on the client
computer’s browser no matter what operating system is installed.
This makes web-based apps a universal cross-platform solution
available today. In a nutshell, web-based applications are unique
and updated, which can provide any institution or organization with
various multifunctional online tools capable of solving complexities.
Astoundingly, we may not be aware that the majority of us are
using or patronizing web-based applications in our daily lives
(Lvivity, 2020).
Images © www.google.com

1. Cartwright, J. (2020). 14 PowerPoint presentation tips to make creative


slideshows. Retrieved from https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/easy-
powerpoint-design-tricks-ht

2. Johns, A. (2020). What are communication strategies? Definitions, types &

100
examples. Retrieved from https://study.com/academy/lesson/what-are-
communication-strategies-definition-types-examples.html

3. Techopedia. (2017). Web-based application. Retrieved from


https://www.techopedia.com/definition/26002/web-based-application

4. Shafique, K. (2016). Audio-visual aids. Retrieved from https://www.


slideshare.net/KhawajaShafique/audio-visual-aids-70499929

Activity 2: Audio-visual Aids


Instructions: Rate each of the PowerPoint presentation slides in the next pages.
Use the rating scale provided and justify your assessment. Your output will be rated
based on the rubric presented after the presentation slide.

PowerPoint Slide Assessment Rating Scale

Numerical Qualitative Verbal Description


Rating Equivalent

5 Excellent The visual aid is clear, colorful, and interesting.

4 Very Good The visual aid is very satisfactorily clear, colorful, and

interesting

3 Good The visual aid is satisfactorily clear, colorful, and

interesting.

2 Fair The visual aid is fairly clear, colorful, and interesting.

1 Poor The visual aid needs improvement in clarity, color, and

quality to stimulate the viewer/s.

(Adapted from Castigador, 2020)

101
PowerPoint Slide Assessment Task
(1)
Rating:
Justification: _
_
_
_
_
_

(2)
Rating: _
Justification: _
_
_
_
_
_

(3)
Rating:
Justification: _
_
_
_
_
_

102
(4)

Rating: _
Reason: _ _
_
_
_
_
_
_

(5)

Rating:
Justification: _
_
_
_
_
___
_

(6)

Rating:
Justification: _
_
_
_
_
_

103
Rating: _
Justification: _
_
_
_
_
_
_

(8)
Rating:
Justification: _
_
_
_
_
_
_

(9)
Rating:
Justification: _
_
_
_
_
_

104
Rating:
Justification: _
_
_
_
_
_
_

Rubric for Student’s Output

Criteria Description Points

Justification must be clear and


Focus and
are well-supported by details and 10 points
Details
accurate information.

Mechanics Sentences must be well


(grammar, constructed. Errors in grammar,
10 points
punctuation, mechanics, and/or spelling are
and spelling) avoided.

(Adapted from www.readwritethink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

Communication strategies are employed in order to assist the speaker in sending


his messages and to aid the receivers in processing the information easily. Elaborate on
the significant role of communication strategies in your learning experiences.

1.

105
Audio-visual materials enable the students to absorb the information in a more
interesting, inspirational, and meaningful manner (Instructional Technology 3, 2011). In
that connection, cite at least one specific instance wherein you’re able to absorb more
relevant information through audio-visual materials.
2.

Web-based applications are unique and updated, which can provide varied
multifunctional online tools capable of solving different complexities (Lvivity, 2020).
Share your personal experience/s as to the role of web-applications in your daily life.
3.

106
The introduction is inviting. It states
the main topic and provides an
overview of the paper. Then,
5 points
Organization information is relevant and presented
in a logical order. Lastly, the
conclusion is
convincing.
The author’s purpose in writing is very
clear that catches the attention of the
Voice readers. The writer’s extensive 5 points
knowledge and experience with the
the topic is/are evident.
The word choice and placement
Word Choice seem accurate and natural (not 5 points
forced).
Sentences are well constructed,
which have varied structure and
Mechanics 5 points
length. Errors in grammar,
mechanics, and
spelling is avoided.
(Adapted from www.readwritethink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

107
Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

4.

5.

Communication
Communication Technological Device
Strategies
Web-based
Audio-visual aids PowerPoint Presentations
Applications

108
In this section, presented are the essential terms relevant to provide
illustrations about communication strategies aided by technology. To
demonstrate, ULO-c will be operationally defined to establish a common frame of
reference as to how the texts work. You will encounter these terms as we go
through the study of sign languages. Please refer to these definitions in case you
will encounter difficulty in understanding some concepts.

1. The Reverberation of Communication Strategies


• Communication strategies refer to the techniques of conveying a
message.
• Communication Strategies pertain to the methods which smoothen
the sending and receiving of the message.
• Communication Strategies allow a piece of free flow information
where better understanding happens.
• Communication strategies are employed in order to assist the
speaker in sending his messages and to aid the receivers in
processing the information easily.
• Communication strategies resemble a fact-filled and fun-laced
presentation of data.

2. Communication Strategies Intertwined with Technological Aids


Communication strategies are often associated with technological
devices as an essential part of achieving good teaching-learning
exposures. Through the use of technology, completion work and relaying of
information is achieved efficiently. Thus, communication strategies
through technological devices lead learning to a new level of experience.

3. Blog is more of a personal diary that people share online. This online

109
the journal lets an individual talk about daily life or shares things to the
target readers.

4. Multi-modal Texts involve the complex interweaving of word, image,


gesture, movement, sound, and speech. If these mentioned are
combined in different ways and presented through a range of media,
multimodality is utilized (Bearne & Wolstencroft, 2007).

Blog
Have you heard about blogs? How to do blogging?
Who are capable then to become a blogger?
Traced back in 1994, a blog is a clipped word of a weblog.
It has been said that a blog was more of a personal diary that
people shared online. In this online journal, one could talk about
daily life or share things that are done.

Subsequently, people saw an opportunity to communicate


any information in a new way. Eventually, the interesting world of
blogging arises. Blogging then is presenting information through
an online journal in the reverse chronological order with the latest
posts appearing first. It is a platform where a writer or blogger
imparts his views on an individual subject (Skraba, 2019).

What is actually the purpose of the blog? Accordingly,


there are many reasons to start a blog, which includes
personal and business reasons. As mentioned, blogging for
personal reason entails sharing own experiences to the
readers. To relay information, inspiration, entertainment, or
persuasion may be the motivation.
Images © www.google.com

110
Meanwhile, blogging for a business that might bring
money has a particular purpose. It is considered as one way
of keeping the buyers to patronize the products and services.

Eventually, business enterprisers are searchable and


competitive whenever the curiosity and attention of the
consumers are caught through blogs. The more recurrent
and relevant your blog posts are, the higher the possibilities
for your website to get discovered and visited by the target
audience.

Castigador (2019) offered a summary on how to set-up a


blog, which is reflected below:
1. Purchase your blog hosting. It is where the writer installs
WordPress and host the recurrence of the blog’s files,
articles, and images.
2. Install word press from your new panel. WordPress must
be installed with just a few clicks from inside the host’s
control panel.
3. Choose a free theme for your blog. The theme, which
includes the colors, branding, and goals of the blog, must
be chosen strategically. It is installed then to the new
Word- Press blog’s dashboard.
4. Publish your first post. After going through the previous
steps, the writer may start to create blog posts that may
assist people, attract readers, get email/subscribers, and
more.

Images © www.google.com

111
Blogs and blogging, therefore, are an effective tool that allows the blogger to
showcase authority and build a brand. Creating relevant and engaging blogs
establishes trust with the audience leading to authority or credibility (Knapp, 2019).

Multi-modal Texts: Refresher Inputs vis-à-vis Previous Insights


What do you observe when you read newspapers, magazines, leaflets, or
pamphlets? What else do you see aside from words?

Surely, you also see images, charts, diagrams, or drawings. How about the font
sizes and shapes? Yes, the print is designed in varied sizes and shapes. Let’s talk about
something as handy as your mobile phones; what catches your attention? Certainly,
mobile phones transmit not only words and images but also sound and speech.

All those mentioned are within the range of multimodality, which involves the
complex interweaving of word, image, gesture, movement, sound, and speech. If these
mentioned are combined in different ways and presented through a range of media,
multimodality is then utilized (Bearne & Wolstencroft, 2007).

Additionally, a text is categorized as multimodal if and when there are two or more
semiotic systems involved. These are applied to create meaning as relayed in print,
physical, or digital delivery. These semiotic systems or communication modes are:

Linguistic. It contains vocabulary, structure, and


grammar of oral/written language;

Images © www.google.com

112
Images © www.google.com

Visual. It comprises color, vectors, and viewpoint


still and in moving images;

Audio. It encompasses volume, pitch, and rhythm of


music and sound effects;

Gestural. It involves movement, facial expression, and


bod language; and
y

Spatial. It refers to proximity, direction, the position


of layout, and organization of objects in space
(Hughes & Pike, 2010).

In the words of Castigador (2019), the attraction of multimodal text lies in the fact
that people may apply one or more modes that can be complimentary. Consequently, it
allows an easier understanding of a given topic. The following then are enumerated as
advantages of multi-modal texts:
• Multi-modal texts cater to human senses, which include sight, hearing, touch,
smell, and even taste, which are considered effective tools in communication.
• Persons using multi-modal texts may transfer messages through communication
mode/s, which they are comfortable and confident of using.
• The semiotic system or communication modes are clear that permit an easy
understanding of the subject.
• Easy understanding of the topic through multi-modal texts leads to a smooth flow
of communication.

113
• Multi-modal texts provide maximum stimulus whereby the target recipients are
drawn to engage with.
• Communication process is aided by the multi-modal texts, thereby accelerating
understanding vis-à-vis the shorter attention span of people nowadays.

Poster Comics

Leaflet

Social Media Presentation Slide


Images © www.google.com

Blog Vlog

114
With the given information, multi-modal texts can be
very beneficial for the teachers and the students,
employers, and employees, sellers and customers or
producers, and consumers.

In the field of academe, teachers can make learning


environments updated and innovative through the use of the
internet, which is interesting to the students. With that, the
learners are provided with a wide range of multi-modal texts
since the communication modes are not limited to printed
technology.

Moreover, students may work on the written output via


blogging, which is more interactive than writing on a piece of
paper. Amazingly, students who need assistance in class may
access free tutorials through videos and other online resources.
Since learning takes place in varied forms, multi-modal texts are
true, beneficial by addressing a lack of attention, thereby refining
students’ engagement in their own learning (Weebly, 2020).
Images © www.google.com

Activity 3A. Name that Text: What is that?!


Instruction: Identify the type of multi-modal texts which are provided below.

1. 2.

115
Images © www.google.com

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

116
Activity 3B. Multi-modality Preference
Instruction: Paste one example of multi-modal text then share its usefulness to
your daily activities. You will be rated based on the rubric provided below.

Criteria Description Points

The main ideas must be clear


Focus and
and are well-supported by 10 points
Details
accurate details and
information.
Images must synchronize with
Congruence the details or information 5 points
provided.

Mechanics Sentences must be well


(grammar, constructed. Errors in
10 points
punctuation, grammar, mechanics, and/or
and spelling) spelling are avoided.

(Adapted from www.readwritethink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

Multi-modal Text Usefulness


(Pls. paste)

117
Learning takes place in varied forms. These multi-modal texts are truly beneficial
in addressing a lack of attention, thereby improving students’ learning engagement in
their learning (Weebly, 2020). Mention other contributions of multi-modal texts to
society.

Type of Social
Multimodal Contribution
Text
(1) (1)

(2) (2)

Criteria Description Points

Main ideas must be clear and are


Focus and
well-supported by accurate 10 points
Details
details and information.

Mechanics Sentences must be well


(grammar, constructed. Errors in grammar,
10 points
punctuation, mechanics, and/or spelling are
and spelling) avoided.

(Adapted from www.readwritethink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

118
Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Communication Technological
Blog
Strategies Devices

Linguistic Multi-modal Texts Visual

Gestural Audio Spatial

119
At the end of the unit, you are expected to
a. compare and contrast the types of speeches;
b. determine the different strategies applied in speech; and
c. discover public speaking techniques that attract attention
or promotes change.

In this section, the presented are the indispensable terms relevant to


distinguish the comparison and contrast the different speech types. To
demonstrate, ULO-a will be operationally defined to establish a common frame of
reference as to how the texts work. You will encounter these terms as we go
through the study of sign languages. Please refer to these definitions in case you
will encounter difficulty in understanding some concepts.

1. Definitions and Natures of Speech


• A speech is what is spoken or expressed in conversation or written
words (The Free Dictionary, 2020).
• A speech is defined as a formal talk given to an audience on
particular occasions or events (Cambridge Dictionary, 2020).
• A speech is the delivery of a formal address or discourse to an
audience (Oxford Dictionary, 2020).
• A speech is described as a power of expressing or communicating
thoughts through speaking (Merriam-Webster Dictionary, 2020).
• A speech is a powerful medium of addressing issues and problems
in a peaceful manner, making it an effective way of communication
(Social Mettle, 2020).

120
2. Read Speech
It is a practice of reading a manuscript or written speech. As the speaker
delivers his talk, he refers to a printed document, a projector, or a
teleprompter (Social Mettle, 2020).

3. Memorized Speech
It is a talk that entails memorizing a manuscript. Similarly, it is a speech
recited rather than read from cue cards or prewritten texts (Castigador,
2019).

4. Impromptu Speech
It is given on the spot allowing a speaker to deliver a talk with little or no
time to prepare (Castigador, 2019), where there are no notes,
planning, or practice before and during the talk (Lumen, 2020;
Study.com, 2020).

5. Extemporaneous Speech
It is delivered using a prepared structure such as notes or an outline,
which enables the speaker to organize his speech (Castigador, 2019)
and to determine where to proceed next (Study.com, 2020).

Speech Defined

In the accounts of Cambridge Dictionary (2020) and Collins


English Dictionary (2020), a speech is defined as a formal talk given
to an audience on particular occasions or events. Similarly, speech
is described as the power of expressing or communicating thoughts
through speaking (Merriam-Webster Dictionary, 2020). As Social
Mettle (2020) concurred, speech is a powerful medium of addressing
issues and problems peacefully. Because of that, speech becomes
an effective way of communication.
Image © www.google.com

121
Types of Speeches

1. Read Speech
It is also called manuscript speech, which is the practice of reading a prewritten
speech word by word to an audience. Likewise, read speech is done when a prepared
manuscript is read literally. As the speakers deliver their talk, they refer
to a printed document, a projector, or a teleprompter (Social Mettle, 2019).
Castigador (2019) concurred that a read speech is a practice of reading
from a written speech. It was added that it has become common because
people are preoccupied nowadays. Yet, it was noted that this hinders a
conversational delivery due to less eye-to-eye contact with the listeners.

Pres. Duterte delivering a state of the a businessman talking about


nation address his business agenda

a best man reading his speech in an anti-terrorism advocate speaking


a wedding reception in a legislative assembly

Photos © www.google.com

122
More

a chairperson speaking about the pope reading a religious


updates in a meeting proclamation

a presenter talking about social relevance a husband delivering a eulogy for his
in a general assembly deceased wife

Photos © www.google.com

2. Memorized Speech
As Castigador (2019) defined, memorized speech is a formal talk that entails
memorizing a manuscript. Similarly, it is a speech that is recited from memory rather
than read from cue cards or prewritten texts. Lumen (2020) accentuated that there is
nothing wrong with memorized speech. There are several precautions. However, that
may arise in the actual delivery. Here, a speaker may forget what he planned to talk
about, which may appear that he is unprepared. More often than not, the delivery
becomes too rapid to understand, which vanishes spontaneity. Also, a speaker tends to
concentrate on the

123
words to deliver, not the ideas. Due to these occurrences, there
is minimal feedback or contact with the listeners. Anchored on the
foregoing viewpoints, memorized speech is not highly advised since
it leads to a robotic tone. Most likely, the entire talk may be affected
if an audience interrupts or if an untoward situation arises.
Eventually,
memorizing a speech gives much pressure on the speaker. In cases
that someone really opts for this delivery model, the speech should be
short, so voice inflection or variation is applied (Reference.com,
2020).

Images © www.google.com

a training officer talking about a chief official delivering his speech on


his company societal issues

124
an employee speaking from memory a facilitator giving details of their
about business proposal training rationale

125
3. Impromptu Speech
This speech allows a speaker to deliver his talk with little or no time
to prepare (Castigador, 2019). While this may seem scary, this impromptu
presentation is the most common type of public speaking. Being randomly
asked in a class or meeting where you don’t have notes, no planning, or
practice are situations considered as impromptu speaking (Lumen, 2020;
Study.com, 2020).
In the same context, an impromptu speech is a talk that is given on the spot
without preparation. Khoury (2020) reminded us that it is not how we handle ourselves
when we’re prepared that reveals our leadership or capability. Rather, it is in times when
we are least prepared that makes a bigger impact on one’s personal brand.

Images © www.google.com

filling in for a late presenter responding in a job interview

saying farewell to a departing colleague leading a toast in a company party

125
4. Extemporaneous Speech
It is delivered with some prepared structure such as notes
or an outline. These notes or outline enable the speaker to organ-
ize the speech (Castigador, 2019). Because of these guides while
thinking and speaking, Khoury (2020) quipped that extemporaneous
speaking is sometimes called impromptu speaking, which is an improvised type of
delivery. It is stressed that extemporaneous speaking can be one of the toughest types
of speaking; yet, it can also be the funniest and most rewarding to one’s career and
confidence.
While impromptu speaking is tricky because finding the appropriate words without
notice is delicate, extemporaneous speech is considered as a perfect balance. Study.com
(2020) agreed that extemporaneous speaking allows the use of notes during the talk.
Using the notes, cues, or prompts, a speaker is guided from point to point while using
his own words as he speaks. Thus, a speaker is directed as to where to proceed next.
As stated, what makes extemporaneous different from impromptu speaking is the loose
guideline which is
provided. Images © www.google.com

a speaker raising her views about discipline an employee sharing her insights during a meeting

126
1. Creative Commons (2012). Four methods of delivery. Retrieved from https://2012
books.lardbucket.org/books/public-speaking-practice-and-ethics/s17-01-
four-methods-of-delivery.html

2. Lumen Learning, (2020). Four types of speeches. Retrieved from


https://courses. lumenlea https://courses.lumenlearning.com/atd-
fscjpublicspeaking/ chapter/four-types-of-speeches/

3. McKenzie, I.S. (2014). 4 Basic types of speeches. Retrieved from https://www.


ismckenzie.com/4-basic-types-of-speeches/

Activity 1A: Post-it. Share it.


Instructions: Choose at least two photos illustrating the delivery of reading speech.
Choose Paste in the template below and describe each picture. Kindly refer to the rubric
provided after the templates.

Images Description
(1) (1)

read
Speech
(2) (2)

127
Activity 1B & 1C: Post-it. Share it.
Instructions: Choose at least two photos illustrating the delivery of memorized speech
and impromptu speech. Paste in the template below and provide a description for each
picture. Kindly refer to the rubric provided after the templates.

Images Descriptio
n
(1) (1)

Memorized
Speech (2) (2)

Images Description
(1) (1)

Impromptu
Speech (2) (2)

128
128
Activity 1D: Post-it. Share it.
Instructions: Choose at least two photos illustrating the delivery of an extemporaneous
speech. Choose Paste in the template below and describe each picture. Kindly refer to
the rubric provided after the templates.

Images Description
(1) (1)

Extemporaneous
Speech
(2)
(2)

Activity 1. Rubric
Criteria Description Points

The main ideas must be clear


Focus and
and are well-supported by 10 points
Details
detailed and accurate
information.
Images must synchronize with
Congruence the details or information 5 points
provided.

Sentences must be well


constructed. Errors in grammar,
Mechanics 10 points
mechanics, and/or spelling are
avoided.

(Adapted from www.readwritethink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

129
129
Speech is a powerful medium for addressing issues and concerns in a peaceful
manner. Because of that, speech becomes an effective way of communication (Social
Mettle, 2020). Share your experience wherein you engage in any type of speech delivery.
What is it all about? When did it happen? Did it help you as an individual? Expound your
responses. Please refer to the rubric found on the succeeding page.

_ _
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
.

130
Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Communication Speech Read Speech

Extemporaneous
Memorized Speech Impromptu Speech
Speech
In this section, the presented are the indispensable terms relevant to
determine the different strategies in speech writing. To demonstrate, ULO-b will
be operationally defined to establish a common frame of reference as to how the
texts work. You will encounter these terms as we go through the study of sign
languages. Please refer to these definitions in case you will encounter difficulty in
understanding some concepts.

1. Reverberation of the Definition and Natures of Speech


• A speech is what is spoken or expressed in conversation or written
words (The Free Dictionary, 2020).
• A speech is defined as a formal talk given to an audience on
particular occasions or events (Cambridge Dictionary, 2020).
• A speech is the delivery of a formal address or discourse to an
audience (Oxford Dictionary, 2020).
• A speech is described as a power of expressing or communicating
thoughts through speaking (Merriam-Webster Dictionary, 2020).
• A speech is a powerful medium of addressing issues and problems
in a peaceful manner, making it an effective way of communication
(Social Mettle, 2020).

2. Public Speaking
• Public speaking is presenting a discourse that is delivered live
before an audience. It is driven by different purposes, such as to
educate, to entertain, or to influence an audience (Spencer, 2018).
• Public Speaking is the conveying of information before a large
audience. This information is purposeful and meant to inform,
influence, or entertain the said audience (Kadian-Baumeyer &
Wilkerson, 2020).
2. The Writing Stage
This is the first stage of public speaking. Here, there two important goals,
which are as follows: to leave a good impression and stress to the audience
at least two or three important points; and to adopt some keys/strategies in
writing a speech (Castigador, 2019).

3. The Preparatory Stage


This is the second stage of public speaking, where a substantial part of
self- confidence is anchored. Preparation is done to anticipate and to
manage possible problems rather than being caught off guard (Spiers,
2017; Castigador, 2019).

4. The Delivery Stage


This is the last stage of public speaking, where a speaker communicates
his discourse purposefully before an audience. The purpose may be to
educate, to entertain, or to influence the listeners (Spencer, 2018).

Public Speaking

Spencer (2018) defined public speaking as a presentation


that is delivered live before an audience. In terms of coverage,
public speeches encompass varied topics. These speeches are
driven by different purposes, such as to educate, to entertain, or
to influence an audience. In doing so, visual aids like electronic
slideshow are utilized to enhance the speech delivery making it
motivating to the audience.
Contrastingly, public speaking is far from online speaking
delivery because the former is done with a specific time and
place having an audience. At the same time, the latter is viewed
and/or listened at the viewer’s convenience. Also, online
delivery usually involves

Images © www.google.com
slideshows or pre-recorded videos of a speaker, including
recordings of a live public speaking presentation. The said
author accentuated further that public speaking is relevant in
business, education, and the public arena.
Since public speaking is delivered before a live listener,
there are several factors that a speaker needs to consider
(Spencer, 2018). As Castigador (2020) said, there will always
be a situation where we will be requested to deliver a speech
no matter who and where we are. The following are useful tips
as we refresh and/or prepare for a speaking engagement:
Images © www.google.com
The Three Stages in Public Speaking:

Anchored on Castigador (2019), the following are the three phases in delivering a speech:
1. The Writing Stage
2. The Preparatory Stage
3. The Delivery Stage

The Writing Stage


In this stage, there two important goals, which are as follows: to leave a good
impression and stress to the audience at least two or three important points; and to adopt
some keys/strategies in a writing a speech.

Ten Strategies in Writing a Speech


1. Make a memorable Speech.
The theme must be condensed in 15- 20-word lines and build the
speech around that line. It must be ensured then that the message
is striking, which will capture the interest of the audience.
Additionally, figurative languages may be used in the ideal part of
the talk, which is preferably near the end.

Image © www.google.com
2. Observe a structure in your speech.
The structure of the speech must have a clear direction
and a destination. The audience must know where the speech
is heading and the rationale for that direction. Thus, it would be
wise to present a short outline of your speech at the beginning.
In writing and revising the speech, ensure that the speech
follows a structure.
* Make the speech simple.
Tips: * Delete anything that is not clear or confusing.
* Remove the parts which invalidate the main message.

3. Exploit the opening of your speech.


If the audience’s attention is caught right from the
start, the rest of the talk will follow its natural course. So, the
opening part is crucial. It is advised that the listeners engage
during the beginning by participating or responding to the
opening statement. Speakers are reminded to keep the
opening short, so the listeners won’t lose their interest in
listening. Few
techniques on how to begin are the following: reliable statistics,
a relevant quotation, humorous story, intriguing question,
and/or striking statement.

4. Begin with the right tone.


The speaker must be aware of some basic details
about the presentation. Basic questions include: Who are
the listeners? What is their reason for attending? What do
they want to hear?
Determine your purpose. Is it to educate, to inform,
to motivate, to entertain, or to challenge? Then, make sure
that the expectations of the listeners are met. Next, review
the main points if these suit the theme or the occasion.
Images © www.google.com
Answer the following questions: Will my speech inspire
and develop the best in my audience? If the setting is
professional, make your speech upbeat and inspiring.
If the listeners leave the venue with a smile and a greater
sense of hope and purpose, the speech is successful.
5. Be convinced of your message.
Speakers must be the first persons who believe in
their material. They are comparable to marketing experts
who are encouraging their listeners to buy their products or
points.
6. Emphasize important points.
The keywords, phrases, and themes must be
stressed. Also, the opportunities to tie up and reinforce
the important points must be observed. These important
points must be repeated to leave a lasting impression.
What will the audience remember a few months after the
speech? That should be the most important question to
be addressed.

7. Connect the important points of your speech by using


conjunctions.

Transitional devices must be used to link one


important point to another. Similarly, transition words
and phrases must be applied to connect ideas within
paragraphs or between paragraphs for ideas to flow
smoothly (Purdue Online Writing Lab, 2020). Moreover,
Reading Rockets (2020) believed that transition words
and phrases help in sequencing ideas, showing the
time, presenting location, indicating ideas, and Images © www.google.com
concluding the paragraphs.
8. Integrate some theatrics.
In this part, it is recommended that captivating
or intriguing styles are inserted instead of driving all
the points obviously. It is emphasized, however, that the
materials, storyline, and lessons are simple. Upon
completion of the theatrics/ illustrations, the message
must be explained.
9. Observe the “KISS” rule.
KISS stands for Keep it short and simple. Gordin
(2012) reminded that the sentences should be relatively
short so that the speakers don’t need to pause for breath in
the middle. Likewise, a speaker must not exaggerate the
speech material due to the listeners’ shorter attention span
nowadays. Due to the multi-faceted commitments of people,
a long talk makes the audience uneasy and disinterested.
10. Conclude your speech with a bang.
As highlighted, the conclusion is what the listeners will
usually discuss when they leave the hall. To achieve an
effective conclusion, various ways are suggested: visual aids,
video clips, success stories, a relevant quotation, challenging Images
questions, or call to action. © www.google.com

1. Mind Tools, (2020). Better public speaking: Becoming a confident, compelling


speaker. Retrieved https://www.mindtools.com/CommSkll/PublicSpeaking.htm

2. Spencer, L. (2018). What is public speaking, and why is it important?


Retrieved https://business.tutsplus.com/tutorials/what-is-public-speaking--
cms-31255

3. Kadian-Baumeyer, K., and Wilkerson, G. (2020). What is public speaking, and why
do I need to do it? Retrieved from https://study.com/academy/lesson/what-is-
public- speaking-and-why-do-i-need-it.html
Activity 2. Identify & Justify.
Instructions: Identify the strategy/ strategies used in the given speech excerpts. Answers
for each excerpt may reflect more than one strategy. Justify your answer/s. Kindly refer
to the rubric provided after the last excerpt.

Retrieved: Free Persuasive Speech (2020). April 27, 2020 @ https://www.best-speech-topics.com/free-


persuasive-speech.html
1. Stage & Strategy /Strategies:
Justification:
__ _
.
Justification: __

Retrieved: Free Persuasive Speech (2020). April 27, 2020 @ https://www.best-speech-topics.com/free-


persuasive-speech.html
3. Stage & Strategy/ Strategies:
Justification: _

Kileste, F.L. (2020). Response to the interpretation of liberty in terms of values. In Philosophy of Values
Critique. Davao City: University of Immaculate Conception-Graduate School.
_
.

Speech and Essay Samples (2020). Why everybody needs a healthy body? Retrieved April 27, 2020 @
https://www.myspeechclass.com/speech-samples.html
.

Rubric for Activity 2


Criteria Description Points

Justification must be clear and


Focus and
are well-supported by detailed 10 points
Details
and accurate information.

Mechanics Sentences must be well


(grammar, constructed. Errors in grammar,
10 points
punctuation, mechanics, and/or spelling are
and spelling) avoided.

(Adapted from www.readwritethink.org. Retrieved: April 24, 2020)

Writing a speech material is one way of disabling the build-up of worries in


connection to public speaking. Incorporating the different strategies in writing a
manuscript, a speaker may consider it as a factor to a powerful public speaking.
1. Recall an incident when somebody gave a memorable speech. What was it? Were
you able to learn from it? In what way? Elaborate.
Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Communication Speech Public Speaking

The Writing Stage The Preparatory Stage The Delivery Stage


In this section, presented are the indispensable terms relevant to discover
public speaking techniques that attract attention or promote change. To
demonstrate, ULO-c will be operationally defined to establish a common frame of
reference as to how the texts work. You will still encounter these terms as we go
through the study of sign languages. Please refer to these definitions in case you
will encounter difficulty in understanding some concepts.

1. Public Speaking
• Public speaking is presenting a discourse that is delivered live
before an audience. It is driven by different purposes, such as to
educate, to entertain, or to influence an audience (Spencer, 2018).
• Public Speaking is the conveying of information before a large
audience. This information is purposeful and meant to inform,
influence, or entertain the said audience (Kadian-Baumeyer &
Wilkerson, 2020).

2. The Preparatory Stage


This is the second stage of public speaking, where a substantial
part of self-confidence is anchored. Preparation is done to anticipate and
to manage possible problems rather than being caught off guard (Spiers,
2017; Castigador, 2019).

3. The Delivery Stage


This is the last stage of public speaking, where a speaker
communicates his discourse purposefully before an audience. The purpose
may be to educate, to entertain, or to influence the listeners (Spencer,
2018).

4. Public Speaking Techniques


These refer to the different strategies to effectively address an
Audience. Through these, your ability to communicate with the listeners with clarity
and confidence is developed (CLEVERISM, 2020).

The Preparatory Stage

Adequate preparation, as Spiers (2017) expressed, is not


always amusing. Some are not excited to do it because it’s boring
and tiring. Yet, it is guaranteed that it’s the most valuable skill that
one can master to evade the build-up of anxieties as the appointed
time approaches. Dealing with and managing problems are
sometimes unexpected, making us unprepared. In the case of
reading speech and memorized speech, it’s prudent to anticipate
rather than being caught off guard.
Castigador (2019) uttered that a considerable part of our self-
confidence as speakers would come from our preparation. Grounded
on the said view, the said author suggested the following pointers for
the preparatory stage:

1. Learn from successful speakers.


It is recommended to study how remarkable speakers deliver
their great speeches. Their key messages, styles, techniques, and
forcefulness in presenting their ideas must be considered then.
2. Determine your goals.
It must be noted that speakers should first know the
rationale of the speech so that they can plan it based on that
basis. Then, a speaker should consider what the listeners
want. Since a direct and face-to-face encounter is expected,
the speech must meet the desire of the audience, which is to
have an informative, interesting, and amazing message.
Images © www.google.com
3. Prepare your speech in advance.
A speaker must always remember to avoid over-confidence
in thinking that preparation is not needed. This speaking
engagement must involve rehearsing the speech and visual
aids beforehand. Likewise, getting a good sleep must be done.
Also, avoiding toxic alcohol before and during the presentation
must be practiced.

4. Organize your materials.


A speaker is reminded that parts of the speech must be
carefully presented. Time allotment for introduction and
background must also be at par with the time intended for
contents and conclusions.

5. Organize your speech into manageable units.


This part is in connection with no. 4 referring to the
contents of speech material. At least three important points
from the speech must be remembered by the audience.

6. Practice your speech until you become confident.


It is not “practice makes perfect,” but “correct practice
makes perfect.” In that case, a speaker must do the
rehearsal, which includes the speech material as well as the
visual aids. Eventually, this practice will pave the way for
mastery.

7. Study the venue for your presentation.


To avoid technical issues, several issues and
concerns must be checked, such as electric outlets,
electric switch, projector screen, and the LCD/LED
projector.
Images © www.google.com

8. Anticipate possible adverse situations.


Untoward situations must be foreseen, such as
corrupted files, lost notes, and the like. So, backup
plans must be prepared ahead, like an overhead
projector or basic handouts.

Visual Aids Preparation: Supplementary Ideas concerning


Previous Insights

Discussed in the previous coverage, audio-visual aids are part


of speech preparation. Several communication theories support that
the more senses we are able to activate, the more we will be able to
put across our message to the audience. With that, we will be more
effective speakers.
It is advisable to prepare the speech in a way that it can
connect with the sense of hearing, seeing, touching, smelling, and
taste (Castigador, 2019). This is deemed related to the previous
claims of Groeger (2012), articulating that our five senses
collaborate closely to enable the mind to better understand its
surroundings under special circumstances.
The aforesaid communication theory is validated by theories
in holistic language learning, which recommend the use of
supporting communication systems such as visual aids to make our
transfer of learning effectively. Then, the use of support
communication systems must be maximized to make the speech
successful (Castigador, 2019).

Images © www.google.com
In the study of Griffiths and Cansiz (2015), it is highlighted that strategies must not be isolated.
Still, it must be part of an overall picture that gears toward learning characteristics, situation,
learning target. Their study revealed that utilizing several strategies that suited the target goals
and situations indicate successful output. Visual aids may be in the form of illustrations, pictures,
charts, graphs, and film clips. However, we cannot just pick any visual aid.
So, we are reminded to make the visual aids colorful and appealing to tickle and
motivate the listeners’ interest. Consequently, stimulating strategies and effective delivery await
a successful talk.
Image © www.google.com

The Delivery Stage


On the day of the presentation, it is expected that a mixed feeling of excitement
and fear exists. Even then, we are reminded to conquer our fear because this fear of the
unknown is a natural feeling to all Speaker. This emotion becomes negative if we allow it
to overcome us. Fear, on the other hand, may turn into positive if we motivate ourselves
to be prepared for the speech.
As proposed, Castigador (2019) relayed some physical, psychological, or even
mental exercise that can help us overcome our fear.
What to do before the speech? As a speaker, you could:

 go to a private place and do some stretching exercise for a few minutes;

 do some mental exercise by imagining that you’re in an open field and pretend to
shout out the fear mentally and intensely;

 prep up psychologically by reassuring yourself that you’re invited to speak, and


you’re prepared to share something. So, there must be trust to the organizers and
the audience;

 maintain a smiling and friendly stance with people around so that you can feel that
they are one of them; and
• do some quick mental review of the speech outline and the significant points which
you are going to share immediately before you are introduced.

Also, Castigador (2019) mentioned the following insights to gain more self-
confidence:
1. Make sure you arrive early to settle yourself.
To stabilize the emotion, a speaker is encouraged to visit the venue
beforehand. There, the equipment must be tested, and the location must be
familiarized. Final but quick rehearsal must be done afterward.

2. Use a powerful opening statement.


This is the application of our previous topic, The Writing Stage: Ten
Strategies in Writing a Speech, particularly on exploiting the opening of the speech.
It is stressed that if the listeners’ attention is caught from the start, the rest of the
talk will follow its natural course. So, the opening part must be carefully executed
by means of a few techniques such as reliable statistics, a relevant quotation, a
humorous story, an intriguing question, and/or striking statement. Further, it is
noted that effective speakers use words that appeal to the audience, fit the
occasion, and appropriate to the topic.

3. Deliver the speech with regular pacing.


A speaker is reminded not to rush. So, rehearsal is
really needed to know the possible outcome. A hint is given that if the pacing is
faster than a news reporter, it means that a speaker is too fast to be understood.

4. Use small notes as a guide.


Notes should be bullet points with not more than 3-4 words per point. In that
way, a speaker is guided in keeping on track. A reminder, however, says that a
speaker must avoid being too dependent to the point of reading these notes.
5. Approach the rostrum with enthusiasm.
A speaker must proceed to the rostrum with eagerness when called. Then,
s/he must wait for a few seconds for a “deafening” silence. After getting the
listeners’ attention, that’s the precise time to start the presentation.

6. Show sincerity during the speech.


The audience could sense if the speaker is sincere or not. So, the speaker
must not show insincere gestures.

7. Start with the strongest point.


Start by citing/stressing points where you agree with your audience. Then,
carefully shift to the most decisive or daring points. In some instances, though, the
strongest point is presented at the onset of the speech.

8. Get to the point.


The speaker must be direct in connecting personally with the listeners by
building rapport. During the inquiry stage, let the audience ask questions, then
the speaker must share his/her answers in relation to the topic. Answers must be
detailed so the audience will be satisfied. In cases that you can’t have the answers
immediately, relay that you’ll check your notes and other sources then promise to
follow up through e-mail.

9. Appeal to your audience’s emotions.


Tap into the feelings or emotions of the audience by using words that may
touch them. Few examples are love, happiness, experiences, and the like.

10. Maintain eye contact with the audience.


The audience expects eye contact to see the expressions of the speaker
when presenting important details, when seeking for approval, and when wind-
ing up the speech.
11. Keep your audience involved.
Presenting a road map of the speech may motivate the listeners. Letting the
audience get involved in the presentation keeps their focus through charts, graphs,
and anecdotes. At some point, the speaker may raise a question then ask the
audience to give a brief answer to the question.

12. Deliver as naturally as possible.


Natural rapport with the listeners may be obtained through eye contact.
Speaking like having a normal conversation with the audience is recommended.
Also, trying to feel the listeners and be sensitive to their culture, beliefs, and
practices must be demonstrated.

13. Vary the tone of your voice.


Tone variations must be used to stress important points and to show
enthusiasm. The voice, volume, pitch, pace, pauses, variety, diction, and
pronunciation must be controlled. Likewise, the volume and intensity must be
increased to emphasize the important points. Through that, the important details
appear distinct from the rest of the speech.

14. Use gestures and non-verbal cues.


The meaning of important points is not only clarified but also emphasized
when gestures and non-verbal cues are utilized. These gestures, non- verbal cues,
and facial expressions are encouraged to be natural and spontaneous.

15. Avoid rushing the conclusions.


The speaker is reminded to present the main points thoroughly or program
the delivery. Too much time spent in the background and content must be avoided
so that the conclusion part won’t be disregarded.
1. CLEVERISM, (2020). Public speaking. Retrieved
https://www.cleverism.com/skills- and-tools/public-speaking/

2. Brian Tracy International (2020). 27 Useful tips to overcome your fear in public
speaking. Retrieved https://www.briantracy.com/blog/public-speaking/27-useful-
tips-to-overcome-your-fear-of-public-speaking/

3. Gleeson, B. (2017). 20 Tips for Mastering the Art of Public Speaking. Retrieved from
https://www.inc.com/brent-gleeson/20-tips-for-mastering-art-of-public-
speaking.html

Activity 3A. Watch & Learn.


Instructions: Watch at least two video clips of speech delivery. Paste the screenshots on
the template. Utilizing the rubric below, rate the performance. Then, write down your
observations. The output will be evaluated using the rubric shown after the template.
Rating: Rating:

Insert
Screen shot/ Insert
Screen shot/
photo here
photo here

Observation Observation

Rubric for Activity 3


Activity 3B. Speech Delivery: A Pre-test Activity

Enhancing Capabilities, Enriching Opportunities:


Right Skills and Right Speech in Public Speaking
SPEECH DELIVERY: A Pre-test Activity
Mechanics & Guidelines

1. Choose ONE topic from the following issues:


a. Online Learning f. Fake News
b. Social Distancing g. Mental Health
c. Health Preservation h. Cyber Bullying
d. Social Amelioration i. Climate Change
e. Community Quarantine j. Same-sex Marriage

2. Construct a SPEECH MATERIAL about your chosen topic with proper


OUTLINE (Introduction, Body, and Conclusion).

3. Make sure that your manuscript is ORIGINAL. Violation of this guideline means
ZERO in the final score.

4. Check if your speech material fits in a 2-MINUTE PRESENTATION. Do the


addition or deletion of contents, if necessary.

5. PERFORM a 2-minute PUBLIC SPEAKING in front of 5 or more listeners


(family, relatives, or friends).

6. REQUEST someone to take a video of your performance.

7. PowerPoint presentations, cue cards, and other multi-modal texts, which


include images, infographics, charts, and statistics, are HIGHLY
ENCOURAGED during your speech delivery.

8. Communication aids ONLY supplement to boost impact on your performance.


Oral reading or read speech MUST BE AVOIDED during delivery.
9. ENGLISH LANGUAGE must be used in the delivery of information.

10. Vulgar or offensive languages are not advisable. The showcase of this
inappropriateness is STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
Deduction of points will be imposed based on the professor’s discretion.

11. SUBMISSION of output will be made through UM official virtual learning


environment, the LMS Blackboard. In cases that submission is deemed
impossible, the agreement between the professor and the student must be
done.

12. RATING SCALE presented below will be used in evaluating your


performance.

Criteria Description Points

SPEECH WRITING

Organization The introduction is inviting. It also states 10


the main topic and provides direction.
Then, the body is relevant and presented
in a logical order. Lastly, the conclusion is
convincing.
Word Choice The word choice and placement are 5
deemed accurate and natural.
Mechanics Sentences are well constructed, which 10
(structure, have varied structure and length. Errors in
grammar, grammar, mechanics, and/or spelling are
punctuation, and avoided.
spelling)
SPEECH DELIVERY

Communication Different communication aids are utilized 5


Devices during the delivery of the message.
Mastery and There is knowledge about the topic. 10
Delivery Variation of tones and application of
gestures are demonstrated.
Persuasion and/or The discourse appeal captures the interest 10
Conviction of the viewer/s.

TOTAL 50

Note: Post-test will be the 4th Exam


Public speaking can yield some benefits. Among these is its power to help
improve the personality of a person. Another is its impact on providing a new world of
opportunities. Aside from those mentioned, there are a lot more (Social Mettle, 2020).
With your knowledge in public speaking, what is the relevance of being conscious about
the RIGHT SPEECH in society and the world?
Right Speech means more than just correct speech.
It is abstaining from lying, divisive, and abusive
speech (O’Brien, 2019).
_
_
__
_ _
_ _
_ _
_
_
_
__ _
_
_
_ _
_
_
_
_ _
_______
_ _
_______
_
Do you have any questions for clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.
Communication Speech Public Speaking

Public Speaking
The Preparatory Stage The Delivery Stage
Techniques
Week/s 10-13: Unit Learning Outcomes (ULO):
At the end of the unit, you are expected to:
a. Describe the Nature and Importance of Communication for Work Purposes
and apply it to Business, Health, Education, Science, and Social Media.
b. Employ the Character in the Workplace or Work Ethics.
c. Reproduce the Basics of Writing Technical Reports such as Application Letter,
Resume’, Minutes of the Meeting, and Memorandum.

Metalanguage

In this section, the essential terms relevant to the study of the nature of
Communication for Work Purposes and to demonstrate ULO-a will be operationally defined
to establish a common frame of reference as to how the texts work. You will encounter
these terms as we go through the study of the nature of Communication for Work
Purposes. Please refer to these definitions in case you will encounter difficulty in
understanding some concepts.

1. Definitions and Descriptions of Communication for Work Purpose:


a. Work Communication is the procedural manner of giving and exchanging both
ideas and information; also, both verbal and non-verbal between one person or
group and another person or group within an organization.
b. Work Communication is immensely significant to various organizations
because, through this, efficiency and productivity tend to increase.
c. Communication in the Workplace plays a significant role in companies to
become efficient and productive.
d. Employers who love to spend time and energy in creating open
communication lines will quickly produce trust among employees, resulting in
productivity, performance, and overall self-esteem.
e. An Employee can experience increased morale, productivity, and
commitment if he/she can communicate up and down a company’s
communication chain.
f. Employee who communicate effectively with his/her colleagues, managers,
and customers continue to be valuable assets to a company.
g. On the other hand, poor communication in the workplace will
unsurprisingly lead someone to non-motivated working staff that can begin to question
his/her confidence in his/her skills and organizations.

Source: http://www.incorp.asia › importance-of-good-communication-at-the-workplace

1. There are five (5) reasons why Communication in the Workplace are important
to reckon:

a. Innovation. This will manifest when employees may have the opportunities to
express themselves openly their ideas without the fear of being ridiculed or
retaliated. Thus, innovation depends highly on this, and an organization that
encourages communication is more likely to be advanced.

b. Growth. Communication can be seen internally and externally. By associating


himself/herself internally and by establishing strong communication lines,
he/she ensures the consistency of the externally delivered message. Each
growth project is based on solid communication, and the fact that all internal or
external stakeholders are on the same page.
c. Effective Communication. If those in executive or administrative positions are
strong communicators, there’s no single reason why they can’t better manage
their teams. When you are a strong communicator, it is much simpler and
easier for you to delegate activities, manage conflicts, motivate, and build
relationships. Effective communication does not only define people but also
give them the opportunities to talk to each or one other. Strong communication
channels are indeed, very essential.

d. Team Building. The making of effective teams requires communication,


understanding, and mutual cooperation. He/she will be effective in building
effective teams by employing strategies that are effective such as those listed
below to improve communication. Obviously, this will increase the
determination and satisfaction of employees.
e. Giving A Voice to All. When Employees have the voice to be listened to by
top management, this will give him/her assurance of being confident and
satisfied. To voice out his/her precious ideas, opinions, and suggestions, or
even complaints. Consolidated communication lines will give wondrous
opportunities for everyone to communicate freely with his/her colleagues,
peers, and superiors at any level. For example, in Corporation does an
Employee and Interdepartmental survey every year and tries to implement at
least 70% of the changes/recommendations are being suggested by the
employees.

2. Effective Ways How You Can Improve the Communication in Your Workplace:

Source: http://www.incorp.asia › importance-of-good-communication-at-the-workplace

Explanations of some of the key areas where organizations can increase and develop
communication between their teams.
a. Include Everyone – to give assurance or guarantee that the communication
lines are always open. Always search and actively update and promote progress
reports and project updates. This will benefit remote personnel.
b. Listen and Show Empathy – Communication is a two-way process where
one speaks while the other listens or vice versa. If he/she doesn’t listen to
encourage dialogue with the other party, no job or person can survive for a long
time. This means listening shows respect and allows someone to become
familiar with the extraordinary problems that he/she may have to solve as an
employer.
c. Define Objectives and Expectations – Managers should provide clear,
manageable, and achievable goals for teams and individuals that define what is
exactly required for a particular project and that all of the team is aware of the
objectives of the project, the department, and the workplace as a whole. In so
doing this, will boost the confidence and potentials of workers or employees.
d. Send Your Message Clearly – Make sure his/her message intended is clear,
accessible, and, most of all, understandable to the desired audience. To do this,
it is important that he/she speaks clearly and respectfully. In other words, to
transmit his/her message clearly without misunderstanding or fault.
e. Choose Your Medium Carefully – After the message was made, he/she needs
to make sure if it’s in the best possible format or at his/her most convenient.
Nobody can deny the fact that face-to-face communication is the best way to
build trust with employees. It is not always a choice. Giving him/her ample time
to think and decide if the given information or data on a printed copy works better
than an email or whether a general note is satisfactory.

Source: https://www.business.qld.gov.au/running-business/marketing-sales/managing-relationships/communicating-effectively
Communicating Effectively for Business

a. Effective communication is a vital tool for any business owner. Your success at getting
your point across can be the difference between sealing a deal and missing out on a
potential opportunity.
b. You should be able to clearly explain company policies to customers and clients and
answer their questions about your products or services. It is crucial to communicate
effectively in negotiations to ensure you achieve your goals.
c. Communication is also important within the business. Effective communication can
help to foster a good working relationship between you and your staff, which can, in
turn, improve morale and efficiency.
Understanding Communication

a. Success in any conversation is likely to be achieved through both parties listening to


and understanding each other. Practice the following skills in any business situation
where you communicate with others.
Key Communication Skills

Useful communication skills for building positive interpersonal relationships include:

a. Active listening.
b. Understanding non-verbal signals.
c. Maintaining eye contact.
d. Assertiveness.
e. Being mindful of people's individual space.
f. Using positive body language.
g. Dealing with different points of view.

Personal awareness skills that help with communication include:

• Understanding the benefits of a positive attitude


• Awareness of how others perceive you
• Self-confidence
• Presentation - dressing appropriately for different occasions.

It also helps to consider the circumstances surrounding your communications, such as the
situational and cultural context. Verbal Communication

a. Verbal communication can bring great rewards to your organization when carried out
successfully, but it can also be hazardous to your business when approached the
wrong way.
b. b. The words you use are important but equally important is the way you express
them.
Using Positive Language

You are more likely to achieve positive outcomes when you use positive, rather than negative,
language.

Positive language is helpful and encouraging; it suggests alternatives and offers solutions to
problems. It is a language that stresses positive actions and consequences.

For example, if you are negotiating with a supplier who is not willing to budge on price, your
language should convey the desire for a 'win-win' scenario (i.e., a situation that both parties
can be happy with). This is likely to make your supplier more willing to negotiate (perhaps on
issues other than prices, such as delivery costs or payment terms) than if you also refuse to
budge and accuse them of being inflexible.

Using 'I' statements

'I' statements, rather than 'you' statements, often yield better results in verbal exchanges.

For example, 'I need more information to make a decision' sounds much better than, 'You
need to give me more information before I can make a decision.' The reason the 'I' statement
sounds better is that you are saying what you need rather telling someone what they should
do.

Assertiveness versus aggression

Assertiveness (often through the use of 'I' statements) is stating what you plan to do. Instead
of coming across as hostile, you are making a statement about something you feel or
perceive.

Aggression is completely different and is usually perceived as hostile or unfriendly behavior. It


often uses the word 'you.' People can become unhappy when you tell them what to do. Even
when talking to employees, it is wise to soften language when asking them to perform tasks,
as they are likely to respond better to requests than orders.

Consistent assertiveness shows others that you're confident and open to suggestion, but
won't be taken advantage of, leading to a mutually acceptable outcome.

Speaking Style

Speaking style means the tone, pitch, accent, volume, and pace of your voice.

The same sentence can be conveyed and understood in entirely different ways based on how
it is said. People you speak to can be motivated by a positive speaking style, just as a
negative style can put them off.
You should always try to speak with a positive voice - avoid monotone responses or talking
too quickly or slowly. Be as clear as possible, and try to engage the listener, as this is far
more likely to promote the response you are after than if they leave the conversation deflated.

Asking Questions

The more you can find out about a person's needs, wants, interests, and situation, the easier
it is to reach win-win outcomes. You learn more about people by asking them the right
questions and by taking the time to listen to their answers.

People also tend to respond well when they feel their opinion is being sought genuinely by
another person, particularly in a business situation where conversations can have important
consequences for both parties.

Types of Questions

You can use the following types of questions in any business situation:

• Open questions - questions that require a person to elaborate or explain, helping to


build rapport and encouraging them to open up. Well-chosen open questions
encourage responses to questions you might not have thought to ask; for example,
'How has your business changed in the last few years?'
• Closed questions - questions that require only a short, specific answer, such as 'yes'
or 'no,' such as 'Are you happy with the proposal?' These are good for finding out
facts, limiting or guiding a discussion in a particular way, and gathering specific
information from which you can generate an open question.
• Probing questions - more targeted questions designed to develop a more specific
understanding of the other party's view on a matter. For example: 'How could I change
my offer so that this proposal will be a win-win for both of us?'
• Confirmation questions - used when you need to be sure the other party understands
your message. 'What benefits do you think this proposal will bring to your organization
in the next year?'
• Summary confirmation questions - used to clarify your understanding of the other
party's needs. For example: 'Could I summarize what you've just told me so I can
check I've understood you? You said that you want a computer system that will allow
you and your staff to complete their tasks in half the time and training for all your staff
on using this new system?'

Using Questions in a Conversation

Generally, you will have the most success when using a range of question types in a
conversation. Using open and closed questions together can help you guide a conversation
and encourage the other party to contribute.
Using only open questions can result in digression - a conversation straying off course. Using
only closed questions can make it too easy for the answering party to say just yes or no.
Because they only encourage a basic response, closed questions are not good rapport
builders or conversation starters. It is, therefore, important to use both types of questions
for maximum success and engagement.

Question styles to avoid

Some types of questions do not lend themselves well to business situations. These include:

• Destructive questions - 'So you're saying it's my fault?'


• Leading or manipulative questions - 'You'll have that done by tomorrow, right?'
• Multiple questions at once - 'When will you want it? Or don't you want it? You can't
get it anywhere else, can you?'

Asking these kinds of questions does nothing for your credibility or your ability to negotiate
efficiently and effectively.

Listening Effectively

It's one thing to ask good questions - it's another to really take on board the answers. You can
often be distracted by your own thoughts, feelings, and opinions and so tend to hear what you
want to hear or, more usually, what you expect to hear.

You're often thinking about your next move or what you should say next, or you're trying to
second guess where the other party might be leading you. To listen effectively, you need to
suspend these internal thoughts and give your full attention to the speaker. Only then can you
really hear what they're saying?

Active Listening

Active listening means paying attention to the speaker – both to verbal and non-verbal cues.
For example, if you see them look down or appear uncomfortable in some way while saying
'That's all I can tell you at the moment,' you might deduce that they are withholding
information.

This type of active listening alerts you to the opportunity for a well-constructed open or
probing question to gather the missing information. If you're not listening actively, it can be
easy to miss signs like these.
Paying Attention

It is vital to make sure you don't let your attention wander. Important pieces of information can
be missed if you are not alert and engaged. This can lead to misunderstandings later on, or
possibly embarrassing situations where you appear to have forgotten something you have
been told.

One way to help you concentrate during a business conversation is to ask the speaker
questions. Not only will this help you to guide the conversation where you want it to go, and at
the pace you want, it can also ensure your mind is focused on the subject at hand.

Confirm your Understanding

Active listening should ultimately lead to a complete understanding of what another person
has said. You can do this by feeding back to them, in your own words, your understanding of
what they've said.

An easy way to do this is to clarify, paraphrase, or summarise. Examples of a summary


question in these cases include:

• 'So what you're saying is...?'


• 'So what you need from me is...?'
• 'So in summary what we've agreed is...?'

It's usually a good idea to check your understanding regularly during a conversation. You can
paraphrase or summarize:

• when the other party has provided a large chunk of information


• whenever something is unclear to you
• when moving to a new topic or area for discussion
• at the end of the discussion.

Clarification is also a useful tool when the other party seems to be asking for a lot of
information. If their questions are poorly structured, too broad, or ambiguous, you might give
away too much information by answering them straight away. It's often a good idea to clarify a
question before you answer it.
What Is the Importance of Communication in Health Care?

Source: https://online.regiscollege.edu/blog/importance-communication-health-care/

For hospitals and health care institutions, ensuring that patients receive proper care takes
more than performing procedures and making diagnoses. Communication is a crucial
component in all steps of the health care process. Whether it be a clinic accurately sharing
patient information with another facility, or a group of doctors, nurses, specialists, and other
staff at a hospital discussing how to treat current and incoming patients, the need for concise,
effective communication is always present in the health field.

Organizations with strong communication policies can enrich their patients’ health, while those
that don’t have effective procedures in place can negatively impact patient well-being. Health
care professionals and institutions need to recognize the importance of communication in
health care to thrive.

How Better Communication Practices Are Beneficial

Poor communication has been a factor in 1,744 patient deaths and over $1.7 billion in
malpractice costs nationally in the past five years, according to a study published in Fierce
Healthcare. This shows that better communication methods would benefit both patients and
health care providers. Effective communication — both intrahospital and interhospital — is
important for health care providers to protect their patients, save on costs, and increase day-
to-day operating efficiency. Meanwhile, patients benefit from increased access to their
medical histories, which reduces the chances of medical errors.

A Focus on Patient Safety

When considering the importance of communication in health care, patient safety is one of the
top reasons to create an effective communication structure in any health care organization.
Inadequate communication is often a leading cause of in-hospital deaths. “In a retrospective
review of 14,000 in-hospital deaths, communication errors were found to be the lead cause,
twice as frequent as errors due to inadequate clinical skill,” notes a 2006 study in the Clinical
Biochemist Review. While communication errors can have severe consequences, these
issues are often relatively easy to fix, meaning many patient deaths caused by communication
errors are preventable. That fact alone is one of the most important reasons why
communication is so important for patient safety.

Interhospital vs. Intrahospital Communications

There are two types of communication methods that health care institutions use that are
crucial to patient safety and well-being: interhospital and intrahospital.

Interhospital

Interhospital communications involve information sharing among multiple sites or institutions.


This includes transmissions between facilities owned by the same organization and between
completely separate health care entities. Moving patients from one facility to another, sending
medical records, and transporting vital medical equipment all require clear communication
between sites.

However, hospitals often encounter obstacles in communicating effectively with one another.
A study conducted by the Center for Health Information and Decision Systems (CHIDS) found
that poor interhospital communication costs the industry upward of $12 billion annually.
Inadequate communication drives up costs by preventing institutions from accessing patients’
medical files, which may create a need for duplicate tests and second opinions that would not
otherwise be necessary.

Intrahospital

Problems with communication also occur among personnel within the same hospital.
Intrahospital communication is any information sharing within a singular institution — whether
it involves coordinating room changes, scheduling surgeries, assigning further tests, or even
setting up appointments. When doctors, staff, and patients are not effectively sharing
information, the efficiency of each process may decrease, potentially resulting in unnecessary
costs or even danger to patients. Patient record delays, lack of procedural coordination, and
even serious medical errors may all be consequences of poor intrahospital communication.

Common Communication Methods

Each health care system has multiple forms of communication that administrators and staff
must be trained to use properly and efficiently. When even one of these communication
methods fails, patient safety can be put at risk. A minor printing mistake could lead to incorrect
dosages or incomplete information that may keep a doctor from knowing about a crucial
allergy.
Understand how standard communication methods work is the first step in ensuring that a
hospital is running as smoothly as possible, for both the patients’ and the hospital’s sake. To
that end, here are some of the most common ways that hospitals and other health care
systems communicate and share information.
Transmitting Patient Data

Patient records are shared securely via inter- and intrahospital communications. Delays in
receiving records can cost hospitals millions of dollars each year in unnecessary expenses.
Patient data are used to create a thorough medical history and provide appropriate medical
care. When patient data aren’t shared between departments or other health care
organizations, there may be a much higher chance of practice errors and subsequent
increased costs.

Sharing Research Findings

The health care industry relies on research to create and improve tools and procedures.
However, some third-party researchers — such as those who work for private companies or
pharmaceutical labs — are reluctant to share their findings with providers because of

competitive pressures in their industries. Lack of access to the latest research can stall
medical advancement, waste funding, and negatively impact health outcomes, according to
an article published by Forbes. For health care techniques to evolve, providers must
implement communication systems that allow researchers to quickly and easily collaborate,
both within the same organization and across multiple organizations.

Collaborating with Colleagues

Intrahospital communication relies heavily on collaboration between colleagues. Patients, lab


technicians, doctors, and staff all need to be in constant communication to create a system
that operates as smoothly as possible. Inter-colleague collaboration also includes entering
information accurately into databases, especially shared ones. Inaccurate communication
between departments can lead to errors in database entry, which, in turn, can potentially risk
patient safety.

Coordinating Hospital Leadership

Whether publicly or privately funded, hospitals are businesses, and they need to operate as
such. Hospital managers and other leaders must frequently communicate with doctors, staff,
and patients. All hospital leaders and managers not only oversee administrative staff and
tasks but can also play a vital role in individual patient health care plans. To be effective, they
should maintain open lines of communication with those around them and also facilitate
information sharing between hospital departments and with other institutions.

Telemedicine Advancements

Health care professionals are increasingly embracing telemedicine, which involves using a
variety of internet-connected technologies to serve patients remotely. These technological
tools play essential roles in health care communications, according to the American
Telemedicine Association.
Hospitals and other health care organizations use internal online networks, or intranets, to
create more efficient communication processes. This makes patient record sharing and cross-
departmental communications much easier. What once may have been

Communicated via printed files and memos can now be shared electronically within the
organization and sent to other organizations.

Telemedicine goes even further by allowing patients to receive medical care and advice from
the comfort of their own homes. Using state-of-the-art communication tools, patients and
health care providers can discuss health concerns via video chat, often eliminating the need
for the patient to visit the provider’s office. Not only does this cut down on costs for both the
provider and the patient, but it also creates a seamless communication experience for
everyone involved.

Source: http://www.educationalleaders.govt.nz/Managing-your-school/Guides-for-managing-your-school/Effective-communications

Education Working Communication


Leader's (Principal) Role

Managing effective communications is a crucial dimension of leadership. This is stressed in


Kiwi Leadership for Principals (Ministry of Education) and in Tātaiako: Cultural competencies
for teachers of Māori learners (Education Council). The cultural competencies of Wānanga
and Whanaungatanga contain useful behavioral indicators and outcomes specific to leaders
that can be applied in all situations.
Effective communication underpins the knowledge, skills, and dispositions principals require
to have a direct and indirect influence on student outcomes, as identified in the Best Evidence
Synthesis on leadership.

Taking time to review your communications strategy and ideas will be time well spent. Many
problems, in and out of schools, can be directly traced to the effectiveness of your and your
school's communications – whether the information was communicated or not, what was
communicated, how it was communicated, and who communicated it.

Taking time to think about what you want to say will also ensure you maintain your integrity
and professionalism, that of your school, and the wider educational community.

Communication Planning

Principals apply a range of formal and informal communication skills every day.
Communications may be deliberately planned or ad hoc, face to face or virtual, written, video,
or verbal; digital or non-digital.

Use a Table like the one below to help you get an overview of your communications:

Who? Why? How?


Students
Leadership team
Teachers
Parents, whānau – current and Facebook, LMS, newsletters, face to face,
prospective presentations, phone, special events, learning
conferences, parent-teacher evenings
Support staff: office staff, learning
assistants, executive officer,
caretakers
Local iwi and hapū
Board chair
Board members
Local principals, other schools,
mentor, or supervisor
Outside agencies – for
example, the Ministry of
Education
Parent-Teacher Association,
alumni association
Media
Other
Then Consider How Effective Your Existing Communication Strategies are:

• What are your key reasons for communicating with your audiences? What are your key
messages?
• Are your reasons for communicating helping you lead change or lead learning in your
school?
• How do you ensure your key messages are communicated clearly and consistently?
• How does the way you are communicating helps you to build trusting and
respectful relationships with your audiences?
• How do your communication strategies change over time? Are there two or three
aspects of communication that you should emphasize during the next year?
• When did you last review your strategies? What feedback on them do you have or
need?

It may be useful for the board to have a policy or a practice on who communicates formally on
behalf of the school, for example, if contacted by the media.

It is essential to understand the requirements of New Zealand's privacy and copyright laws.

In-school Communication

Internal communication is just as important as communicating outside the school. Elements of


good practice for internal communication include:

• championing and being a good role model for clear and consistent communication
• matching your words to your actions – this is part of developing integrity as a leader
• being committed to open, two-way communication
• face-to-face communication
• communicating with empathy – communicating bad news as effectively as good news
• seeing communication as an essential leadership capability, not as a set of techniques.

Things to try to Improve your Communication

External Feedback

Consider using an interviewer from outside the school, such as your mentor or principal’s
appraiser, to carry out a fact-finding review. The interviewer needs to be someone you can
rely on to give you honest and constructive feedback.

Prepare yourself to handle any criticism that may be brought up. Try to view any criticisms as
constructive. When you establish that you appreciate feedback and actively take it on board,
people will keep you well informed.
You might ask an interviewer to:

• ask what the two or three most important school development actions and intentions
you have been communicating to staff are.
• ask a range of staff what they think you have been communicating about, and your
effectiveness in communicating about those topics. The interviewer simply takes notes
and does not comment on the descriptions, apart from seeking clarity. Four or five staff
from a range of contexts is plenty; in a small school, maybe one or two at most.
• interview five or six students across a range of year levels. Ask each to describe what
you have been communicating. This may be best done in small groups to assist the
flow of description and to bring out the range of views.
• write up what has been discovered and report back to you on the style and
effectiveness of your communication.

You may be able to identify gaps and issues with the interviewer. Check whether the choices
you've made about the methods you're using are the best ones to focus on.

After getting this snapshot of your communication, use it to help shape new communications.
Include this review and your reflections as part of your appraisal.

Internal Feedback

Ask a trusted and experienced colleague to provide honest and constructive feedback on any
presentations you make. Ask for feedback on a few specific aspects, such as the clarity of
your message, quality of your message, audience response, and presentation style. Or ask
for feedback on one thing you did well and one thing you could improve on or do differently
next time.

Use this feedback strategy several times a year and remember that this evidence of
professional growth and reflection can also feed into your appraisal.

Visiting Staff Workspaces

By recognizing the individual natures and circumstances of staff members, principals


strengthen trust and connectedness across the staff as a whole.

In any good communication, it is important to establish trust and confidence, without which
your message may be lost, misconstrued, or, worse, ignored.

Build understanding and rapport with staff by meeting with them in their own workspaces from
time to time. Staff talking in their own workspaces will be able to put their views across more
clearly in context and are more likely to tell you the reality of what is going on more quickly.
Consider informal walks through classrooms; or going along to faculty meetings in an informal
capacity.
Conversely, reprimand, criticism, or any disciplinary communication should take place in your
office, where you set the stage and the level of formality you want. Remember praise in
public, correct in private.

Listening

Effective communication is a two-way process. Bear in mind that you will learn more when
you are listening than when you are speaking, and that people will not open up to those they
consider poor listeners.

Consider:

• Focusing on the moment and the person speaking – adopting a listening attitude
• Avoiding distractions, for example, move away from your computer and put away
your phone
• Asking questions instead of just giving answers
• Giving your full attention to what the other party is saying – not just thinking about what
you want to say next
• Focusing on what you might learn instead of what you want to teach or instruct
• Asking how you might help
• Seeking clarification and explanation, especially when the tone of the speaker is
somewhat critical
• Restating what you think they have said to seek clarity and agreement
• Checking whose voices are missing or underrepresented.

Adopt a listening approach for:

• 'sounds' of learning at your school, such as evidence of curiosity, inquiry, earnest


endeavor, shared thinking and collaboration, and teacher facilitation
• 'sounds' of teachers’ shared approach to teaching, such as team teaching,
collaborative planning, questioning, and supporting.

Adopt an analytical ear for the sounds:

• you want to hear that are absent


• you hear but would prefer not to hear.

Add all these sounds to your knowledge bank about the school and use them at appropriate
times to make progress on development.

Community Communication

Begin with the end in mind. Remember that principals strengthen partnerships and networks
to enhance student learning.
Extend your knowledge so that you become an expert in your school community. Share so
that education becomes everyone’s business.

Have a broad and simple community communication goal that is appropriate to your school’s
setting. For example:

• a new principal in a small rural school may decide to 'develop and maintain strong
interactive communication patterns with each family about their children’s education.'
• a new principal in a large urban school may decide that 'during the first year, my
communications within and across the school community will help me gain a clear
understanding of how things are done around here.'

Check that you are listening and communicating with all of your school community: students,
staff, whanau, iwi and hapū, and the local community. Go to them as well as finding ways to
make them feel welcome at school.

Communication Methods

Personal

Your mood, actions, and demeanor

Your body language, moods, and actions convey powerful messages.

• Confidence in what you are saying and doing is essential. Studies suggest that if you
appear confident, others are more likely to agree to what you might propose.
Conversely, the less confidence you appear in your own message, the more
objections you are likely to meet.
• Failure to complete or carry out a routine task suggests the routine is not important.
Similarly, failure to follow through on a goal or promise will undermine your credibility.
Ensure the link between what you say and what you do remains close. If a disparity
develops between them for any reason, explain why.
• Remaining approachable while being regarded and consulted as a professional leader
with significant knowledge about teaching and learning requires principals to maintain a
cheerful demeanor even if the going is tough. The grumpiness of a principal can quickly
pervade their school.
• Remember that you are now a public figure and subject to much more scrutiny than
you were as a teacher. Be clear, consistent, and transparent so that all members of
the community know that what they see is what they get. Enjoy answering questions
and discussing the school vision and goals, and listen attentively to all community
members.
Phone calls and emails

Treat calls and emails as an important part of the job. These are often the first experience
people have in your school.

• Have an enthusiastic phone voice and manner, even on the worst day.
• Clearly identify yourself.
• Use the email subject line to your advantage that is, as a short summary.
• Put aside time to answer phone calls and emails. This helps you with time
management. Perhaps publicize the best time to ring in newsletters.
• Answer phone messages and emails within 24 hours if possible, but don't rush
answers that you need longer to think about.
• Try for a balance of five calls home to praise students for everyone that is critical.
• Check that the school's answerphone messages, hold music, and so on are compatible
with school goals and context. Make them warm, welcoming, and inclusive.

• Face-to-face Communication

• Always listen carefully. Try not to interrupt – think about how much you would dislike it
yourself.
• Appreciate critics and thank them.
• Treat each conversation as being crucial.
• Ensure your agendas are applied; take advantage of face-to-face meetings to initiate
a new discussion about things of importance to you and your school.
• Make notes. In particular, record agreed times and dates. Tell the person you are
talking to what you are recording. Put follow-up actions in your calendar.
• Work on reducing your use of conversation dead-air fillers like ‘um’ and ‘er,’ as well as
clichés and phrases such as ‘you know,’ ‘basically,’ ‘to be honest,’ ‘at the end of the
day,’ ‘the fact of the matter is,’ ‘sort of thing,’ and so on.
• Difficult conversations with adults will occur. Don't become defensive – breathe and
count to 10.

Communication Channels

Internet Presence

What's your school's digital footprint like? You and the board of trustees have ultimate
responsibility for it.

• Decide whether you need to be closed or public access channels and for whom.
• Choose platforms that are easy to use for your school and the audience(s).
• Be clear, concise, professional, and safe in your content; for example, do not
post images of children without parental permission.
• Check content enhances your school's key messages, values, and beliefs.
• Have protocols in place to manage the content.
• Have more than one person responsible for producing content, moderating content,
and monitoring for inappropriate responses.

School Events

Treat all events as great communication opportunities.

• Make events as culturally reflective and responsible as possible.


• Personally meet and greet as many parents and community members as possible.
• Try not to speak for too long. Keep the focus on student achievement and your school’s
current goals. Make it clear what the school’s core business is.
• Ensure students feel included and rewarded for their effort and achievement.
• Thank and acknowledge parents for their support in the learning of their children and
the school.

Newsletters

Newsletters may be digital or paper. Find out how parents and the local community wish to
receive news about the school and its events. Offer a range of options.

School community newsletters should provide the means to inform, promote, gather, and
educate. Decide on how you want the balance of these four tasks to work in each newsletter.

To get your intended audience to read your news, it’s best to make it brief, to the point, and
customized. Take into account the number of information people are dealing with today.
People have become very discerning information consumers.

• Ensure the newsletter provides the means to convey important messages about your
school’s vision, values, strategies, and plans.
• Align the messages to support your key leadership activities: leading change, leading
learning, and problem-solving.
• Establish and stick to a regular publication timetable.
• Use a template for the easy preparation of each edition.
• Enlist others as reporters to gather copy, for example, students and staff.
• Quality is important but stick to the budget. Establish the highest standards for
accuracy of detail and grammar. Have a neutral proofreader.
• Make sure the school has parental permission to use any photos of students included.
• Set aside a specific time to do your part of the newsletter, preferably several days
before publication is due.
• Make sure digital newsletters are easy to read online or to download and open.

Remember, you have overall responsibility for your newsletters. You must have the final
say on what is included and how it is said.
Principals' Views on their Communication

Ash Main Donald – Principal

Communication is clearly key. I tried a couple of things at my previous school that seemed to
make a difference.

I visited all the classrooms and asked the children:

What do you love about our school?


What could make it cooler?
What do you expect of me?
What can I expect from you?
What ideas do you have to help us build a family here?

With staff, I prepared one hour My Education Life Journey presentation. I covered who I was,
and why, what I believed in, how I saw my role, the mistakes I'd made, and the joys and
successes. I was very open, honest, and spoke totally from the heart. They understood what
they were to me, what they were to the children and community, and what the possibilities
were for our journey forward together.

I published a pretty awesome newsletter, lots of highest-possible quality photos of kids, and
lots of different ways of getting our core messages and beliefs through to families. It went out
every week – sometimes even twice a week.

The three focuses for our newsletter were to inform, to challenge, and to celebrate:

Inform – to keep you in touch with upcoming events, news, and information.

Challenge – we want to produce a new generation of thinkers. We will be teaching children


structured and systematic approaches to thinking and providing lots of opportunities to use
these skills. Look out for plenty of brain challenges in our newsletter.

Celebrate – our most precious resource is our people. We want to take every opportunity to
share with you the wonderful learning experiences that happen here each week.

The quality of our newsletter was very important to us.

Board meetings featured slideshows of the school in action.

We welcomed and encouraged parents to come to our weekly whanau time – school
assembly. The purpose of whānau time was regularly shared: to share family time together, to
celebrate the cool and clever things our family members had achieved, to learn more about
our family and ways we could be a better family than before.
Building Relationships with Parents

A principal has offered these comments about the importance of relationship-building:

I have found that establishing relationships with each parent who has a child at the school to
be quite beneficial. I always use the common ground that we, parents and teachers, have the
best interests of the child at heart. This has always been a great starting point.

Initially, the process used to be quite time-consuming. I try to make time for every parent,
whether it is 5 or 10 minutes. I have found that it makes a huge difference for our parents that
they are acknowledged.

Even parents of children who regularly find themselves in some form of strife at school value
this open relationship with the school. They have said that they prefer being kept in the loop,
even during the tougher times for their children. As a result, I know that they are just a phone
call away and are always willing to support their child or other school initiatives.

Term gatherings help. Sometimes it is just a simple morning tea to say thanks. At other times
it is a whole school hang. Turnout at our last parent–the teacher-student interview was more
than 90 percent. Parents want to make time for their children. I have told them that one way
to do so is to come and listen to their child report back on progress/student achievement at
the p-t-s interview.

I think back to a few years ago ... things were a lot different. It was difficult to get most parents
through the school gate how things change! I put it largely down to relationship building.
Source: https://blogs.scientificamerican.com/guest-blog/effective-communication-better-science/

Effective Communication, Better Science

Science communication is part of a scientist's everyday life. Scientists must give talks, write
papers and proposals, communicate with a variety of audiences, and educate others.

By Mónica I. Feliú-Mójer on February 24, 2015

Science communication is part of a scientist’s everyday life. Scientists must give talks, write
papers and proposals, communicate with a variety of audiences, and educate others. Thus to
be successful, regardless of field or career path, scientists must learn how to communicate.
Moreover, scientists must learn how to communicate effectively. In other words, to be a
successful scientist, you must be an effective communicator.

Before I go on, I should note that for the purpose of this post, I am defining science
communication broadly, meaning any activity that involves one person transmitting science-
related information to another, from peer-reviewed articles to tweets.

Effective communication means transmitting your message clearly and concisely so that it is
understood. It’s about engaging your audience – it’s about the ‘So what?’ and ‘Why does it
matter?’ of your message.

Advertisement

When scientists communicate more effectively, science thrives. Science is increasingly


interdisciplinary, and the ability to communicate more effectively across disciplines fosters
collaboration and innovation. Being able to communicate the relevance and impact of their
ideas and discoveries can enhance scientists’ ability to secure funding or find a job. It allows
them to write better and more comprehensible research papers. It also allows them to be
better teachers and mentors for next-generation scientists.

When scientists can communicate effectively beyond their peers to broader, non- scientist
audiences, it builds support for science, promotes understanding of its wider relevance to
society, and encourages more informed decision-making at all levels, from the government to
communities to individuals. It can also make science accessible to audiences that traditionally
have been excluded from the process of science. It can help make science more diverse and
inclusive.

Although having more scientists who are effective communicators benefits science and
society greatly, there are still relatively few training opportunities for science students and
professionals to develop these skills.

Fortunately, effective communication skills are no longer perceived as soft skills. Increasingly,
they are becoming part of the core professional skills every science student and professional
should have.

Many science communication training programs and courses for scientists use the public
communication of science as a tool to develop effective communication skills. See, for
example, this list of training opportunities compiled by COMPASS, an organization dedicated
to improving science communication. Here are several other resources:

Social Media’s Impact on Workplace Communication

By Mark Craemer on March 24, 2017, at 12:06 PM

Source: ttps://blog.seattlepi.com/workplacewrangler/2017/03/24/social-medias-impact-on-workplace-communication/
The Internet age has led to enormous changes in the way we communicate in virtually every
aspect of our lives. Social media lets us connect with others in a way that was previously
unheard of. With a smartphone in hand, we can now access anyone and anything around the
world at any time.

But do these technological innovations mean we are experiencing improved communication?

Wael Ghonim, aka the “Google guy,” who used Facebook to help launch the revolution
against the Egyptian government in 2011, said that “if you want to liberate a society, all you
need is the Internet.” Years later, he explained that while the Arab Spring revealed social
media’s greatest potential, it also exposed its greatest shortcomings. “The same tool that
united us to topple dictators eventually tore us apart.”

In his TED Talk, Ghonim discussed five critical challenges facing today’s social media in the
political arena. He explained the most critical of these is that our social media experiences are
designed in a way that favors broadcasting over engagements, posts over discussions, and
shallow comments over deep conversations.

“It’s as if we agreed to talk at each other instead of talking with each other,” Ghonim said.

While emailing, texting, posting, blogging, and tweeting enable us to send out messages, and
they don’t necessarily enable the opportunity for give-and-take conversations. Today’s social
media doesn’t encourage meaningful dialogue where we engage enough to bring about
greater understanding. It’s still, for the most part, one-way communication: sender to receiver.

Not that this is necessarily bad in and of itself, but it is limited and may undermine our ability
to connect and understand one another truly.

Workplace Communication
Today’s social media experiences can’t help but spill over from our personal and political lives
into the workplace, and this is where I am concerned. Without the exchange of meaningful
dialogue, we are unable to maximize our ability to solve problems and innovate with new
products and services collaboratively. Sending messages only in one direction isn’t effective
communication.

This degradation in communicating can show up every aspect of our lives, including the
workplace. Examples include:

• Failure to actively listening when the other person is speaking


• Being too concerned with what we want to say rather than fully hearing and
understanding what the other person says, and what is left unspoken
• Not ensuring our overall physical behavior that includes tone of voice, facial
expressions, eye contact, etc. are congruent with and supportive of our message
• Not making our intention clear, so there is no misunderstanding in what we say
• Using the wrong medium to communicate our message (e.g., using email instead of
face-to-face; using the phone when video conferencing would be better; using text
messaging instead of a phone call, etc.)
• Demonstrating that we are listening, yet not ensuring the other person is feeling heard

Some research suggests that spoken words convey only 7 percent of communication. The
other 93 percent is conveyed by tone, inflection, and other elements of voice, as well as by
body language, movements, eye contact, etc. When communicating is conducted by any
other method than face-to-face, a serious drop-off in understanding and learning will result.

Knowing how little the words alone can enable proper communication should be a warning
sign that the medium does impact the effectiveness of the message.

Workgroup Effectiveness
Researchers from Google’s Project Aristotle concluded that understanding and influencing
group norms were the keys to improving Google teams. They determined that the right norms
could raise a group’s collective intelligence, whereas the wrong norms could hobble a team,
even if all the individual members were exceptionally bright.

The two behaviors all good teams generally shared were: 1) members spoke in roughly the
same proportion, a phenomenon the researchers referred to as ‘‘equality in distribution of
conversational turn-taking,” and 2) members had high ‘‘average social sensitivity,’’ or they
were skilled at intuiting how others felt based on their tone of voice, facial expressions, and
other nonverbal cues.

This means the group norms of taking turns speaking and listening with empathy were the
most important factors for improving team outcomes. These are also fundamental to
successful communication.

While social media continues to influence every aspect of our lives, it’s important to remember
the limitations of it concerning effective communication. In the workplace, this means choosing
the right medium to convey the message, ensuring there is an appropriate feedback loop, and
responding to the feedback in a way that results in true understanding.

With that, I encourage your thoughts on social media’s impact on your workplace.
To perform the aforesaid big picture (unit learning outcomes) for the third three (3)
weeks of the course, you need to fully understand the following essential knowledge that will
be laid down in the succeeding pages. Please note that you are not limited to refer to these
resources exclusively. Thus, you are expected to utilize other books, research articles, and
other resources that are available in the university’s library, e.g., ebrary, search.proquest.com,
etc.

1. Workplace Communication is vital to an organization's ability to be productive and


operate smoothly.

1.1 Workplace Communication improves worker productivity.

1.2 Research has shown that effective lateral and workgroup communication leads to an
improvement in overall company performance. It has also been discovered that employees
who were graded as highest in production had received the most effective communication
from their superiors. For example, Gertrude works in engineering, and her prototypes of toys
receive accolades. She is an effective communicator about her designs and how they will be
played in real life by kids. In addition, she receives specific guidance from her superiors,
allowing her to create designs quickly and efficiently.

1.3 Workplace communication can increase employee job satisfaction.

1.4 Employees feel empowered if they are able to have upward communication. This type of
communication is when information flows upward in an organization and usually consists of
feedback. If bosses or managers are able to listen to employees and respond, this leads to an
increase in employee job satisfaction.

1.5 In addition, employees are also happy if there is intense downward communication,
which is information flowing down from superiors or managers to direct reports. Gertrude
recently sent an email to her boss, recommending that her department upgrade its
design software. Her upward communication feedback was not just acknowledged but
also acted upon, resulting in a very happy design team.

1.6 Workplace Communication can also have a positive effect on absenteeism and turnover
rates.
1.7 Communication flow is very important to workers. Employees have to feel secure that
they are receiving truthful and updated information from superiors. They also want to have the
ability to share ideas, thoughts, and concerns within the company. Studies have shown that
even after a layoff, companies that have excellent communication can retain the surviving
employees.

1.8 Regardless of the type of organization, communication is the element that maintains and
sustains relationships in it. What person A says to person B not only can have an impact on
those two people but, since organizations are systems, it also can have a meaningful impact
on the total system. His/her communication with his/her co-workers and supervisors in the
organization will be a major determinant of how satisfied he/she is with his/her work and how
satisfied others are with his/her work. For example, in one organization where he/she worked,
there was a very gossipy, control-oriented person who would subtly let others know what
he/she thought of his/her co-workers. Eventually, this type of communication made it
impossible for others to work with this individual. When asked to work with this person, others
would find excuses not to or would become "ill" when the time to do the work rolled around.
This, of course, had a negative impact on the work of the total unit. The communication
behavior of individual employee plays a more significant role in organizational life than some
think. Organizational communication is central to organizational success.
1.9 The Nature of Communication in the Organization’s system. Companies may
communicate as channels through television, radio, the Internet, the world wide web, film,
billboards, telephones, etc. In organizations, people often become the most important
channels. For example, supervisors function as channels between upper levels of
management and lower-level employees. Secretaries often serve as channels between
people on different levels and/or in different parts of the organization. People serving as
channels make up the informal communication network in organizations—the Receiver. Just
as the source is the person who originates a message, the receiver is the person who
acquires the source's message. As the source, the receiver can be an individual, a group, or
an entire organization. Also, like the source, the receiver has three functions: 1) receives the
source's message, 2) decodes or translates of messages into ideas or information or the
message into some meaning, and 3) responds to the message. Again, it is typical for one
person to handle all three functions, but not uncommon for more than one person to be
involved. For example, a new employee might receive the manager's message but have an
older, more-experienced employee interprets it for her/him and has another employee
respond to the interpretation. For communication to become effective, employees and
managers need to consider the backgrounds and experiences of each other or one another.
This may require that they should "put themselves in the other person's shoes." A manager
needs to know the employees to have effective communication with him/her; likewise, on the
part of an employee.
1. https://study.com/academy/lesson/workplace-communication-importance-strategies-
examples.html
2. http://www.incorp.asia › importance-of-good-communication-at-the-workplace
3. J. C. (2001). An introduction to rhetorical communication. (8thed.).Needham Heights,
MA: Allyn and Bacon.Richmond, V. P.
4. McCroskey, J.C., & Richmond, V. P. (1996). Human communication theory and
research: Traditions and models. In M.B.Salwen & D.W. Stacks (Eds.).An integrated approach
to communication theory and research.Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Publishers, 233-242.

Let’s Check

Activity 1. Now that you know the most essential concepts in the study of the
nature of Communication for Work Purposes. Let us try to check
your understanding of these concepts. In the space provided, write the
term/s or concept/s being asked in the following statements:

_ 1. What are the benefits of creating open communication


lines of employers to their employees?

_ 2. How can employees become valuable assets to


Companies?

_ 3. What is the transparent effect of poor communication in the


Workplace among working staff?

Items 4-8: Give the Element that is being defined in each numbered item to have strong
Communication that will run deep within the Workplace

4. Consolidated communication lines should enable


everyone to communicate freely with his/her colleagues, peers, and superiors at any
level.

5. When employees have the opportunity to express their


ideas openly, they are more likely to present their ideas without fear of ridicule or
retaliation.
6. Creating effective teams requires communication and
mutual cooperation.

7. Communication can be seen internally and externally.

8. It does not only talk to people but give them the opportunity
to talk to each other or one another.

Items 9 & 10: Identify the key areas where organizations can enhance and improve
communication between their teams as being described in each number item.

9. Communication is a two-way process, and if he/she


doesn’t listen and encourage dialogue with the other party, no job or person can survive for a
long time.

_ 10. Make sure that the communication lines are always open.

Let’s Analyze

Activity 1.

Getting acquainted with the essential terms and concepts of the nature of Communication
for Work Purposes, what also matters is you should also be able to explain or articulate its
inter-relationships. Now, I will require you to explain your answers to the following questions
thoroughly.

1. In your own level of understanding, how will you define Communication in the
Workplace and state its significance between Employer and Employee?

__
_.
2. State what are the Roles of Communication for Work Purposes and explain their
importance in the following Fields:

a. Business

b. Health

c. Education

.
d. Science

__

__
.

e. Social Media

In a Nutshell

Activity 1.

Based on the definition and explanation of the essential terms and concepts in the study of
the nature of Communication for Work Purposes and the learning exercises that you
have done, please feel free to write your arguments, insights, or lessons learned below.

1.
.

2.

3.

.
Do You Have any Question for Clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.
Work Communication Open Communication Communicate
Effectively
Upward
Downward Workgroup
Communication Effectiveness
Communication
External Feedback
Internal Feedback Communication Lines

Metalanguage

In this section, the essential terms relevant to the study of the nature of Character in
the Workplace and to demonstrate ULO-b will be operationally defined to establish a
common frame of reference as to how the texts work. You will encounter these terms as
we go through the study of the nature of Character in the Workplace or Work Ethics.
Please refer to these definitions in case you will encounter difficulty in understanding some
concepts.

What is the Role of Character in the Workplace and how Important to Maintain Ethics in the
Workplace?

a. How is the character in your workplace? Is everyone in your workplace doing all they
can to make it a place of good ethics and great working conditions? Is it all
wonderful, no gossips, no backstabbers, no dishonesty, all just super great people
with good character. Being of good character (making ethical decisions) can be
difficult. In a world full of economic, professional, and social pressure, moral issues
can get buried. And, often workplace managers and employees do not have enough
experience with character/ethics to determine what or how to improve them.
b. People are not automatically born with good character, so someone like a parent, a
school teacher, or some kind person helped develop our individual character.
Just as in our individual lives, sometimes character issues arise in a workplace,
views can clash, and we are forced to rank the issues according to the consequences of
our
choices.
c. It can be very, very difficult to make a decision that has consequences not agreeable
with what we want to do.

❖ Let’s try an experiment and see if those statements above are easier to
understand.
❖ Here’s a Story for You to make some choices.

THE STORY

Your car is rear-ended by another car, damaging your rear bumper. The other guy is insured.
When you go to the body shop for an estimate, the estimator suggests that he can fix a
rear fender dent that you had before the accident. He says you can claim that the
damages were caused by the same collision. Otherwise, fixing the fender will cost you
$350. He assures you that he has done it many times before and that you will have no
trouble with the insurance company. WHAT WOULD YOU DO?

Poster Board 4 suggestions:


1. Do It (Accept the offer).
2. Refuse politely.
3. Refuse angrily and tell him this is illegal.
4. Refuse, tell him this is illegal, and then report this to your insurance
company.
Illustration (Modified)

STORYTIME

Accept the Deal.

Thank you but “No!”

Refuse and express


irritation at dishonesty.

Refuse, express irritation


& report to the insurance
company.

Source: http://www.academia.edu › CharacterInTheWorkplace

➢ What is the meaning of Ethics?


➢ Ethics or moral philosophy is a branch of Philosophy that
“involves systemizing, defending, and recommending
concepts of right and wrong
behavior.
➢ Ethics seeks to resolve questions of human morality by
defining concepts such as good and evil, right and wrong,
virtue and vice,
Justice and crime.
➢ To contemplate further, Ethics means:
➢ Standards of duty and virtue that indicate how we should
behave.
➢ It is about right and wrong and how an honorable person
should behave.
➢ It is about being a good person.
➢ Is vs. Ought.

➢ When speaking about Ethics or character, what does it mean?


➢ Ethics refer to principles that define behavior as right, good, and proper.
➢ Ethics are non-partisan; they transcend political, cultural, or religious issues.
They are not about what some people call success. We do tend to
judge people by wealth,
position, education, and even beauty. Sometimes we evaluate
them by
their bank account, the care model they drive, or their possession
of the latest and greatest gadgets.
But how much can you really know about a person by looking
at these external things?
➢ Ethical principles do not always dictate a single “moral”
course of action, such as “this is right. This is wrong,” or
this is good; this is bad.”
but provide a means of evaluating and deciding among several
competing options.
➢ Ethics is not the same as values.
➢ Ethics is what you do when no one else is watching.
Imagine you were invisible and were able to do anything
without the consequences or repercussions.
➢ Most people have convictions about what is right and
wrong based on a variety of reasons. Some of them are
religious beliefs, cultural roots, family background,
personal experiences, law, organizational values, political
habits.
➢ Character requires more than knowing right from
wrong—It also requires ethical sensitivity to the
outcome of decisions, and it requires a procedure
for applying these procedures to problems.
➢ Ethics and Character are the same, but VALUES are not
interchangeable with these two. Why? Because ethics
apply to how a person SHOULD behave, whereas values
are a personal inner judgment that determines how you
will behave.
➢ And values can change with time. Our values are what
we prize, and our VALUE SYSTEM is the order in which
we prize them. Because values rank our likes and
dislikes, our value system determines how we will behave
in certain situations and creates a lot of clashes in our
life. For instance, the desire to be rich may clash with our
desire, to be honest. A desire for personal independence
may clash with a desire for intimacy.

➢ WHY BE ETHICAL?
✓ It’s just good business.
✓ It’s the smart thing to do.
➢ People have a lot of reasons for being ethical:
✓ Inner benefit. Virtue is its
reward.
✓ It gives us a personal
advantage.
✓ It leads to approval, self-
esteem, admiration, and
respect of peers.
✓ Good behavior can please or
help you serve your GOD.
✓ Some people are ethical out of
habit; they were trained as
children.
Illustration of Workplace Function (Modified)

OUR
WORKPLACE
SKILLS CHARACTE SYSTE
R MM
Source: http://www.coursehero.com › file › CharacterInTheWorkplace

Look at this chart. To make any workplace function properly, we know we need to have a
skilled staff, a system in place that works, and both leadership and staff with character.
Imagine a skilled employee without character---He/She just will not fit in. Character is a
highly respected trait. The most desirable employee is the selflessness one.
A selfless person is filled with humility, while a selfish person is filled with pride.
Selflessness people are healthy, and they know and practice the “It’s not about me” program.
Let’s look at the system; I feel that most of you have good systems in place. Past
performance proves that. But the system is set up in a way that rewards individuals. If
is given a 1,000 reward for work that was done by him that you could have or have
done in the past, how should you feel? If you are a person with character, your character
should not and is not affected by this.
In the war of competencies versus current behaviors, we need to work on all three, skills,
character, and system.
Somewhere out there, I bet there is s list, a policy, a directive that outlines the expectations
of an office. It might not be 100% perfect, but we can build it. Just skills training will not
change the results (if the character is lacking). The system may be great, but some people
may not live up to the expected and need a check. If the system is at fault, change it. If not,
hold that person accountable.
An example of the system needing a change is with a teenaged child who goes to the
library to work. The library closes at nine, but his curfew is 8:30. Every day he is late coming
home. Why, because he loses track of time until they announce the closing. So how can this
problem change? Change his time for curfew.
As the Pepsi slogan says, “If Wealth is lost, nothing is lost. If Health is lost, something is
lost. But, if Character is lost, everything is lost." And this is true.
As a matter of fact,

In 1992, an eminent and diverse group of educators,


youth leaders, and ethicists from 30 segments of our nation
met in Aspen, Colorado, to formulate a national framework
of what character involves. They issued the Aspen
Declaration, a document asserting the importance of six
core ethical values that “transcend cultural, religious and
socioeconomic differences.”
These are the six
cores that everyone agreed would make any
person that practiced them a PERSON OF
CHARACTER>
So, what did they choose?

The Six Pillars of Character


(Diagram 1)

Source: http://www.powershow.com › view › CHARACTER_IN_THE WORKPLACE

(Diagram 2)

Source: http://www.powershow.com › view › CHARACTER_IN_THE WORKPLACE

1. Trustworthiness is sometimes misunderstood as a personal value. The


majority of people believe themselves to be trustworthy, yet, their behavior does
not match their belief. Generally, people believe trustworthiness is keeping your
word, taking care of your belongings, and returning that which you borrow from
others. However, trustworthiness embodies much more.

✓ Be Honest
✓ Keep Promises
✓ Integrity
✓ Don’t Deceive, Cheat or Steal
✓ Be Reliable,
✓ Do What You’ll Say You’ll Do
✓ Build a Good Reputation
✓ Be Loyal, Stand by your Family,

✓ Friends and Community

1. Respect. People are not things, and everyone has a right to be treated
with dignity. We are not expected to hold all people in high esteem, but
we should treat everyone with respect. We have a responsibility to be the
best we can be even when dealing with unpleasant people. Follow the
Golden Rule. Respect prohibits violence, humiliation, manipulation, and
exploitation. Be tolerant of differences. Use good manners, not bad
language. Be considerate of the feelings of others. Don’t threaten, hit, or
hurt anyone. Deal peacefully with anger, insults, and disagreements.

2. Responsibility. Your ability to reason and freedom to choose makes you


morally accountable for your choices.
You are bound by principles of morality to make choices that honor, rather
than degrade, universal ethical obligations to be trustworthy, respectful,
responsible, fair, caring, and a good citizen.
Your moral obligation is to choose attitudes, words, and actions and to
accept personal responsibility for the consequences of those actions.
Responsibility requires that you recognize what you do — and don’t do —
matters.
SOME THINGS WE CANNOT CHOOSE:
You can’t choose to be good looking, smart, or athletic. You can’t choose
your parents or the circumstances in which you grow up.
Responsibility isn’t about blame; it’s about accountability. The question for
the responsible person is: “Could I have done something that would have
mattered?”
Responsible people continually pursue excellence, exercise self-control,
restrain passions (lust, hatred, greed, fear) for the sake of a longer-term
vision. These are the people that realize they are as they choose to be,
every day, all the time.
• Don’t make excuses
• Accept responsibility for decisions
• Fulfill all obligations
• DO NOT over-promise
“Life is full of choices—what you do and don’t do matters”
“Choosing not to choose is a choice.”
3. Fairness.
a. Process
The environment of your workplace is vital to employee satisfaction,
reduction of turnover, and productivity. It is also vital to the legal
stability of your business. A hostile work environment can be the basis
for many types of employee complaints and causes of legal action.
The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission lists as a basis for
employee complaints the existence of a "hostile work environment."
The creation or continuation of a hostile work environment can be the
beginning of a legal quagmire of lawsuits, wrongful termination suits,
and discrimination complaints.
The atmosphere of a harsh and antagonistic workplace can be a
death sentence for your business.
b. Impartiality and Equity
One of the most significant factors affecting hostility in the workplace is
inequity and selective discipline. Employees frequently site favoritism
and unfairness as their reasons for discomfort and intimidation at work.
Establish a written and clear code of employee conduct that must be
applied fairly and without bias. Failure to hold workers accountable to
employee standards of conduct and behavior in a consistent manner
will lead to accusations of bias and favoritism. The consequences of
such accusations are far-reaching and will affect management
credibility at all levels of your organization.
The perception of employees and fellow workers is the key to creating
a work environment that is neutral to the personalities and personal
preferences involved. Fairness is out the window when employees
perceive that they are being treated differently than others. When the
tardiness of one worker is excused because they have to take their
child to daycare, but the tardiness of another worker without such a
valid reason is cited with warnings that can cause the perception of
unfairness. Avoiding the impression of unfairness can go a long way to
maintaining an impartial workplace, the satisfaction of employees, and
the feeling that everyone is being treated in the same way. It also takes
the perception of bias out of the employee relations equation. Though
it means hard choices, it can mean the difference between a hostile
and hospitable work environment.
Able is your newest employee. He’s young, unmarried, and is
your best producer. He gets more work done effectively than any
other employee.
Nettie is a competent worker of four years, a single mother with
three small children at home. She needs the job the most.
Oldham has worked for the company the longest (18 years) and is
two years away from a pension.
Tryhard is a good producer with a terrific attitude. He’s the
hardest worker you have.
Nepo is a competent employee and the son of one of the owners
of the company.
4. Caring.
3 Golden Rules
a. Be Practical - "Instead of buying gifts for one another in our workplace
holiday gift exchange, we decided to exchange in-kind services," Karen
told me a few days ago. One person offered to get coffee for another
co-worker for a week. Another offered to take out someone trash daily.
Practical acts of service go a long way to plant positive feelings in
others and create great workplace morale.
b. Be Interested - When you stop trying to be interesting and start being
interested in others, you'll show others you care. Then you'll be
interesting. Guaranteed. It's all in how you see people, either as
enemies or as friends, as competition or as collaborators. See people
as friends and potential collaborators, and you'll be interested in
others. How do you see people?
c. Be Available - What if once a week, you asked one of your team
members, "How can I help you?" I know you've got enough on your
plate, and so does everyone else. But, as you help another team
member succeed, you'll both succeed. The entire workload will get
much lighter.
d. Bottom Line: Dare to care. Take a risk and invest in the lives of your
team members and watch how your team succeeds.
When dealing with others in your workplace:
* Talk about things that are upsetting you in your work relationship.
* Don’t avoid the real issues.
* Listen to each other’s point of view.
* Don’t try to convince the other person that you are right, and he
or she is wrong.
*Don’t take either/or, this, you/ me positions.
* Assume that maintaining a good working relationship is as important
as, if not more important than, anything happening at work.
If managers and their employees all conscientiously attempt to keep
the work environment clear of the competition, then many potentially
damaging relationship complications and crises will be more easily
handled, doing much less ultimate harm to all those involved than they
might otherwise do.
Quality relationships are what produce quality products and services.

• Compassion and Concern for others


• Kindness and Consideration
• Mercy and Forgiveness
• Empathy
• Gratitude and Expressed Thanks
5. Citizenship.
A person of good character views the importance of being a good citizen
as an integral part of their core. Helping to improve the quality of life for
others makes them socially responsible and connected to the community.
Citizenship includes civic virtues and duties that prescribe how we ought
to behave as part of the workplace. A good citizen will know the rules and
obey them. But that’s not all. A good citizen will volunteer and stay
informed of issues of the day. She/he will execute her/his duties and
privileges. He/She will do more than the fair share to make the workplace
and society work. The good citizen will never have the “DO WHAT YOU
HAVE TO DO” or “DO WHAT YOU CAN GET AWAY WITH” attitude.

• Play by the Rules


• Respect Authority
• Do your Share
• Within the Workplace Keep Proper Records
• Follow Office Procedures
• Be a good office neighbor and pursue the common good

• Enhanced Ethical Commitment

Think of the most ethical person you know!

What characteristics do you associate with that person?

Do you think ethics are important to that person?

If someone asked that question about you, how many people would think
ethics were important to YOU?

How would it feel to know you are a role model for others?
When faced with a difficult decision, think about this person and the integrity and courage they
have. Think about why you admire this person. WHAT WOULD THEY DO> All our
words, our actions, and attitudes reflect choices.
1. We all have the power to decide what we do and what we say.
2. We are morally responsible for the consequences of our choices.
3. Reflect on your choice before you make it.
1. Could someone suffer physical harm?
2. Could someone suffer serious emotional pain?
3. Could the choice hurt your reputation, undermine your creditability,
or damage important relationships?
4. Could the decision impede the achievement of important goals?
THE GREATER THE POTENTIAL CONSEQUENCES, THE GREATER THE NEED
FOR CAREFUL DECISION MAKING.
Take it to Work.

What Can the Business Community Do?

In just about any dictionary published, the definition of ethics is essential "a set of
principles concerning proper conduct." Unfortunately, for many people, this does not define the
word ethics enough for them to be able to operate a business - or live their lives - in an ethical
manner. So, what does the word 'ethics' really mean?
The chances are good that you live your life and operate your business, based on your
own moral code. You may do this without even realizing that you have your own moral code -
but everyone does. Even the worst people in the world have a moral code that they live by. It
comes down to what you are and are not willing to do to achieve or obtain that which you
want. So much for the definition of ethics, huh.
For example, there are some people in the world who are willing to kill other human
beings in order to obtain things that they want, but this is something that you would not even
consider. Some would not go as far as taking life to achieve what they want, but would not be
opposed to ruining someone else's life. Again, you may not be willing to go that far. Some are
perfectly willing to cause others pain or inconvenience in an attempt to get what they want,
even though that pain or inconvenience would not ruin a life, but again, you may not even be
willing to do that if you have a strong moral code.
Your moral code is essentially your sense of what is right and what is wrong, or what is
acceptable and what is not acceptable. Some think that this moral code should be the same
for everyone - but it simply cannot be, because we all think differently, and we all have
different upbringings, backgrounds, and experiences.
Because we all do have different views, there is a set of basic behaviors that most
people adhere to. Some of those behaviors have been made into law. For example, it is not
only ethically wrong to kill someone or to steal, but it is also against the law, which means that
if you are caught, you must pay the consequences of your actions. You won't just be told that
such actions are unethical, or have people look at you with disgust or disappointment - there
is an actual price to pay, which in most cases is financial restitution, time in prison, and
depending on the crime - or unethical behavior - death in states where the death penalty plays
in.
So, as you can see, while there is a standard definition of the word 'ethics' for
everyone, your own definition of ethics may be different from others. The key to living an
ethical life and running an ethical business is not to do anything that will cause you not to be
able to be proud of what you have done, as well as not doing anything that will disappoint the
people that matter most to you in the world.

Expect all Employees to Maintain these Ethics


• Trustworthiness
• Respect
• Responsibility
• Fairness
• Caring
• Citizenship

(Diagram 3)

Source: http://www.powershow.com › view › CHARACTER_IN_THE WORKPLACE

So let’s go over the 6 Ethic


Character needs that can make
you proud.

Trustworthiness
• Try to be honest and ethical
in all business dealings.
• Never reveal proprietary
information.
• Do not tolerate lying,
stealing, or deception.

Respect
• Treat everyone with courtesy, politeness, and dignity, valuing individual and
cultural differences in our workplace and among those we serve.
• Listen to and communicate openly with each other and with the customers to build
mutual respect and long-term working relationships.

Responsibility
• Do not make excuses.
• Accept responsibility for our workplace decisions.
• Fulfill all obligations.
• Do not over-promise our customers.
Fairness
• Listen intently to the concerns of the customers, employees, and vendors.
• Listen to the employees and make decisions that affect them only after careful and
appropriate consideration.

Caring
• Truly care about each and every customer, employee, and vendor.
• Commit to building long-lasting relationships to mutual benefit.

Citizenship
• Play by the rules.
• Keep proper records and follow financial reporting procedures.
• Follow all laws and regulations … to the tee.

To perform the aforesaid big picture (unit learning outcomes) for the first three (3)
weeks of the course, you need to fully understand the following essential knowledge that will
be laid down in the succeeding pages. Please note that you are not limited to refer to these
resources exclusively. Thus, you are expected to utilize other books, research articles, and
other resources that are available in the university’s library, e.g., ebrary,
search.proquest.com, etc.

1. Character in the Workplace or Company’s Ethics is its set of moral standards


in defining how the employer and his/her employees transact or conduct
business. Undoubtedly, Ethics is similar to "doing the right thing" in areas such
as making financial decisions and the treatment of employees towards their
customers or clients. Highly ethical organizations and companies display a
number of key characteristics, starting with the very head of the organization
and going down to the lowest-paid workers or employees. Again, let’s be guided
by these Characteristics that should be manifested in our respective
Businesses, Organizations, Companies, Establishments, or Corporations.

a. Honesty. An ethical workplace exhibits the characteristic of honesty. Honesty can


occur in the relationship between employees, such as when one admits a key mistake
instead of trying to blame it on another. Honesty means that employees refrain from
stealing company property, cheating on an expense report, or abusing sick days or
lunch breaks. Honesty can also take place in the customer relationship, such as when
a salesperson discovers he overcharged the customer for service and ensures a refund
or credit is issued.
b. Integrity. Ethical workplaces feature employees who demonstrate a high level of
integrity. Integrity involves treating others fairly and with dignity and respect.
Supervisors act with integrity when they treat all subordinates the same in areas such
as issuing raises and promotions and when disciplining acts of misconduct. Employees
act with integrity when they put the organization's interest above their own or refrain
from potentially harmful behavior, like spreading false gossip or playing the game of
company politics to their own advantage.
c. Accountability. Ethical employees hold themselves accountable for their results and
actions. They complete their work assignments properly and on time and don't leave
"messes" for other employees to clean up. They have a clear understanding of what is
expected of them and make sure they have the information or resources they need to
get the job done. If a supervisor points out an area that needs improvement,
accountable employees take the necessary corrective actions instead of dismissing the
criticism as invalid.
d. Management Focus. Ethical organizations typically are characterized by top
management personnel, placing a high level of focus on ethical behavior. Ethics are
prominently mentioned in the company's mission statement, and the company
implements a written code of ethics or conduct that all employees must be trained on
and agree to make part of their daily activities. Top management in these organizations
set an example by adhering to the code of conduct when taking actions or making
decisions.

More so, these Characteristics should manifest and also be included from the lists
above between employers and employees or between employees and customers or
clients.

e. Think Before Acting. Being an ethical person is sometimes defined as "doing the
right thing." But what about telling a white lie to avoid hurting someone's feelings?
While two employees are at a trade show and one employee asks her colleague what
does she think of the trade show booth that he put together? Her real feelings are that
she thinks he should have brought a larger monitor for the product video that's running.
However, there is no way to get a larger one now. She hesitates a moment so that she
does not bruise his confidence, and then answers that the monitor looks great. After
the show, she will suggest that he use a larger monitor the next time. The question is:
Is her lie unethical? Being ethical isn't a clear-cut, black or white answer, so ethical
people often stop to think before they decide what to do. They weigh the consequences
of one action against another until they decide what the "right thing to do" is in this
case.
f. Feel a Sense of Duty. Naturally, you want to hire people who will be loyal, honest, and
who will give 100 percent to the company when they're at work. Loyalty doesn't
necessarily mean staying at one company for most of their career anymore, though. If
an applicant's resume shows short stays at most jobs, you can't expect that person to
show their loyalty by staying for years. In reality, you can never know how long an
employee will remain with the company. Instead, look for them to show loyalty by
putting in a good day's work every day and making decisions that are in the company's
best interests. Asking potential employees during their interview to give examples of
difficult decisions they made at their last job, and why they decided as they did, will
give you significant insight into how often ethics play a role in their decisions.
g. Aren't Afraid to Speak Up. Often, the employees who speak their minds do so
because they feel that keeping quiet wouldn't be right. Often, they believe that if they
don't speak up, then others will think they agree with what's being said or done. Staying
silent would be akin to lying. Of course, you need to distinguish these people from
those who complain loudly about everything and always have something to say about
everything. It's those who speak up when asked their opinion, those you go to when
you want an honest answer instead of an obligatory pat on the back, who are the most
ethical. It's easier to say nothing than to rock the boat by speaking up. They're going
out on a limb by saying something, but they do it anyway.
h. Treat Vendors and Servers Well. Most people will naturally treat their customers well
because they want to please them and keep their business. The real test comes when
the customer has a problem or decides to go with a competitor. How they act at that
point can give your company a five-star reputation or ruin it. If you're at the interview
stage, take the applicant to lunch or the snack bar and watch how he treats the servers
and cashiers. Or, for current employees, see if they give vendors the same respect that
they give prospective customers.

This statement is powerful and striking that everyone commits mistakes now and then,
just as everyone can say and utter all the right, beautiful, and pleasing things during an
interview or when the Boss is around and looking and observing at you. But what is
important how people behave and handle or manage themselves when nobody is
looking and observing around. Always and consistently, ethical people model ethical
behavior. Pop into meetings unexpectedly, join a sales rep on a complaint call, or
forego alcohol at a happy hour get together or company party. Ethical people are
always ethical, no matter where they go.

1. https://smallbusiness.chron.com/ethical-characteristics-workplace-11934.html

2. https://smallbusiness.chron.com/characteristics-ethical-people-workplace-
15703.html

3. http://www.academia.edu › CharacterInTheWorkplace

4. http://www.coursehero.com › file › CharacterInTheWorkplace


Let’s Check

Activity 1. Now that you know the most essential concepts in the study of the
Character in the Workplace or Work Ethics. Let us try to check your
understanding of these concepts. In the space provided, write the
term/s or concept/s being asked in the following statements:

_ 1. What branch of Philosophy that involves systemizing,


defending, and recommending concepts of right and wrong behavior?

_ 2. They deal with a personal inner judgment that determines


how you will actually behave.

_ 3. What document asserting the primacy of six core ethical


values that transcend cultural, religious, and socioeconomic differences in the year 1992
where an eminent and diverse group of educators, youth leaders, and ethicists from 30
segments of our nation met in Aspen, Colorado to formulate a national framework of
what should character involve?

Items 4-9: Identify the six (6) Pillars of Character being defined in the following numbers.

4. Helping to improve the quality of life for others makes


them socially responsible and connected to the community.

5. Showing compassion, concern, and kindness to others.

6. Treating people in a way that does not favor some over


others.

7. It isn’t about blame, but it’s about accountability.

8. It prohibits violence, humiliation, manipulation,


and exploitation.

_ 9. Able to be relied on to do or provide what is needed or right.

10. It requires more than knowing right from wrong—It also


requires ethical sensitivity to the outcome of decisions, and it requires a procedure for
applying these procedures to problems.
Let’s Analyze

Activity 1.

Getting acquainted with the essential terms and concepts of the Character in the Workplace
or Work Ethics, what also matters is you should also be able to explain or articulate its
interrelationships. Now, I will require you to explain your answers to the following questions
thoroughly.

1. In your level of comprehension, why is it? The character of an employee is far


more important than skills, considering the system that governs the organization
or company?

_ _.

2. Explain the significance of the Six (6) Pillars of Character in the Workplace.

.
In a Nutshell

Activity 1.

Based on the definition and explanation of the essential terms and concepts in the study
of the Character in the Workplace or Work Ethics and the learning exercises that you have
done, you are going to write a Reflective Essay with the Title below. Assuming that you are
already a Graduate or Professional in your chosen Course and handling a particular job,
position, or designation in a prestigious Company in line with your chosen Field. The
Reflective Essay should have a minimum of 150 words and a maximum of 200 words. Be
guided with the Grading Rubrics below.

“How Can I Become an Effective Employee in My Workplace?”

.
Rubric
Reflective Essay

Criteria Description Points


Content is comprehensive,
accurate, and persuasive.
Major points are stated
clearly and are well
Content & Development 10
supported. Responses are
excellent, timely, and
address topics. Specific
examples are used.

The structure of the paper


is clear and easy to follow.
Transitions are logical and
maintain the flow of
Organization & Structure 10
thought throughout the
paper. The conclusion is
logical and flows from the
body of the paper.

Rules of Grammar, Usage,


Grammar, Punctuation, & and Punctuation are
15
Spelling followed; spelling is
correct.

Adapted from https://www.rcampus.com/rubricshowc.cfm?sp=yes&code=N4AA82&retrievedApril13, 2020


Activity 2.

Carefully watch, listen, and observe the Video Clip about Problem or Conflict in the
Workplace (Office Etiquette). After doing so, write a Synthesis Essay on what you’ve observed
based on the lesson that you’ve learned today. Your Synthesis Essay should have 150 to 200
words. Connect to the Link provided below. Enjoy Watching! Be guided by the Grading Rubric
below.

Video Clip: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vpAWMccWqso

_.
Rubric
Synthesis Essay

Criteria Description Points

Introduction and Title Gains attention and clearly 20%


shows what the essay will
cover.

Thesis Statement The thesis is clear and


found at the beginning of the
opening or first paragraph. 20%
The thesis presents a clear
topic for the rest of the
paper plus an assertion.

Details & Examples The thesis statement is


supported with examples
from the appropriate 15%
resources. Insightful
connections are made
between the statement and
resources.

Organization & Structure Each paragraph flows to the


next paragraph using
transitions. Paragraphs follow 10%
a logical order. Ideas are
logically separated into
paragraphs.

Conclusion The closing paragraph


summarizes work. It mirrors
the thesis sentence and 20%
gives closure to the
paragraph.

Language & Mechanics No errors in punctuation,


spelling, grammar, or 15%
capitalization.

Total 100%

Adapted from https://www.rcampus.com/rubricshowc.cfm?sp=yes&code=W68BA6RetrievedApril13,2020


Do You Have any Question for Clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.
Trustworthiness Fairness Ethics
Respect
Caring Character
Citizenship
Responsibility Aspen Declaration

Big Picture in Focus


ULO- c. Reproduce the Basics of Writing Technical
Reports such as Application Letter, Resume’,
Minutes of the Meeting, and Memorandum.

Metalanguage
What is Technical Writing?

a. Technical Writing is a type of writing where the author is writing about a particular
subject that requires direction, instruction, or explanation. This style of writing has a
very different purpose and different characteristics than other writing styles, such
as creative writing, academic writing, or business writing.

1. The Uses for Technical Writing

a. Technical Writing is straightforward, easy to understand explanations and/or


instructions dealing with a particular subject. It is an efficient and clear way of
explaining something and how it works.

2. The subject of Technical Writing can either be:

a. Tangible - Something that can be seen or touched, such as a computer or software


program, or information on how to assemble a piece of furniture.
b. Abstract - Something that involved a series of steps that aren't related to a tangible
object. One example of this might be the steps required to complete an office
process.

3. Some examples of Technical Writing include:


a. Instruction manuals
b. Policy manuals
c. Process manuals
d. User manuals
e. Reports of Analysis
f. Instructions for Assembling a Product
g. Summarization of a lengthy report that highlights and shortens the most
important elements

4. Tips for Good Technical Writing

➢ Regardless of the type of document which is written,


Technical Writing requires the writer to follow the properties of
knowing their audience, writing in a clear, non-personal style,
and doing extensive research on the topic. By including these
properties, the writer can create clear instructions and
explanations for the reader.

a. Know your audience. An expert in the field will understand certain abbreviations,
acronyms, and lingo that directly apply to such a field. The novice will not understand
in the same manner and, therefore, every detail must be explained and spelled out for
them.
b. Use an impersonal style. Write from a third-person perspective, like a
teacher instructing a student. Any opinions should be omitted.
c. The writing should be straightforward, to the point, and as simple as possible to make
sure the reader understands the processor instruction. This, at times, may appear as
simply a list of steps to take to achieve the desired goal or maybe a short or lengthy
explanation of a concept or abstract idea.
d. Know how to research. Gather information from several sources, understand the
information gathered so that it can be analyzed thoroughly, and then put the
information into an easy to understand format to instruct those who read it. The more
inexperienced your
audience, the more
information you will
need to gather and
explain.
e. Be thorough in the
description and provide
enough detail to make
your points; but, you
also have to consider
that you need to use an
economy of words so
that you do not bore
your reader with gratuitous details.

Something to think and ponder about…”A Good Technical Writer can make a
difficult task easy and can quickly explain a complex piece of information .”

Source from: https://grammar.yourdictionary.com/word-definitions/definition-of-technical-writing.html

5. How to Write a Technical Report?

a. Engineers, Scientists, and Medical Professionals need to be good writers too—


and technical reports prove it! A good technical report presents data and analysis on a
specified topic in a clear, highly-organized, and effective manner. Before you begin
writing, define your message and audience, and make an outline. Then, write the main
body of the report and surround it with the other necessary sections, according to your
chosen layout.

Part 1
Planning Your Report

b. Establish the message you want to convey through the Report. You’ve done your
research and collected your data, so now it’s time to ask yourself what it all means.
How will you define the problem or topic you are addressing, and what conclusions can
you draw based on the data and evidence?[1]

• For instance, you may want to convey the message that a new technique for extracting
a particular chemical compound is both safer and more cost-effective.
• The best technical reports remain clear and focused throughout—they have a specific
purpose and convey the information in a logical order.
• Work with advisors, supervisors, or colleagues to fine-tune the message and/or goal of
your report. These can vary widely depending on whether the report is being produced
for academic, business, or other purposes.
c. Define your Audience before you begin Writing. Who will be reading your report—
fellow researchers, corporate executives, the general public, or someone else? It’s
imperative that your report is written in such a way that its data and findings can be
easily understood by its intended audience.

• If others in your field will be reading the report, it can be more “technical” in language
and detail. In many cases, though, technical reports are intended for those outsides of
your particular discipline. If so, cut back on the jargon for non-expert readers.
• Consider having a non-expert friend look over your report throughout the process to
give you feedback on its accessibility to a broad audience.

d. Create an Outline to follow while you Write. Technical reports are usually very
structured, often with clearly-labeled and numbered sections. Therefore, it’s fairly
straightforward to draw up an outline that identifies each major element of the report.

• Determine which particular sections your report must or may have. Consult the person
or organization to whom you’ll be submitting the report for any layout requirements.
Part 2
Writing the Main Body of the Report

1. Create a thorough but focused Introduction to the Report. The introduction to a


technical report lays out the main problem or issue your paper addresses, and how you
go about addressing it in the report. It should indicate to the reader why the issue at
hand is important, and clearly establish the objectives for your report.

• In most cases, the introduction will likely be 1-3 paragraphs in length.


• The end of the introduction should clearly state what the report “does.” It might do so
by way of a direct statement (“This report analyzes…”), or by providing a series of
questions (which may in some cases be bulleted or numbered) to be addressed.

2. Provide Background Information and/or a Literature Review in the next section.


Right after the intro, delve into the basic circumstances surrounding the topic at hand—
a short history of the problem and its relevance today, for instance. If it has been a
topic of sustained debate within your field, you might also walk readers through
important examples of past work on the subject.
• Essentially, you want readers who may be new to the subject matter to feel like they
have at least a rudimentary grasp of it after reading this section.

3. Follow up with a clear and detailed Project Description. In this section, you
basically tell your reader what it is you actually did to tackle the problem or issue at
hand. Tell them what type of testing or analysis you did, using what methods and
equipment, and any other relevant details.

• If, for instance, your report is focused on a particular experiment, be specific on the way
it was conceived, set up, and conducted.
• This is sometimes called a “methods” section since you are describing the methods
used to conduct your research.

4. Present your Data and Describe what it all means in the next Sections. You’ve
now reached the heart of a technical report, in which you clearly lay out and
contextualize the data you’ve gathered. In most cases, you’ll need to provide numerous
figures and tables to present the actual data. Don’t rely exclusively on them, though—
use text to put the findings into a context that is appropriate for your intended audience.
• It can be hard to determine how much data to present. Giving too little can significantly
weaken your analysis and the overall report. Giving too much, however, can drown the
reader in a sea of tables and figures. Make sure you provide all essential data and err
on the side of providing a bit too much unless otherwise instructed.
• Present your data in a logical order, so that each table or figure leads into the next one.

5. Round out the Report with a Conclusion that Bookends your Introduction. In a
technical report, your introduction should raise the “big” questions, and your conclusion
should provide your answers. If, for instance, you listed several specific questions in
your intro, answer them specifically in conclusion. Otherwise, use it to pull together
your findings into a clear, convincing statement.

• Be as bold in your conclusions as your data and analysis permit you to be. Don’t use
terms like “might,” “perhaps,” “could,” and so forth—write something like, “The data
shows that…” However, don’t draw conclusions that aren’t supported by your data.

Part 3
Adding Components in the Proper Layout

1. Check for specific Guidelines with your University, Employer, etc. While there is a fair
amount of standardization when it comes to organizing technical reports, the particular layout
can vary somewhat by discipline or other factors. The following layout, for instance, is a fairly
standard one that might be used in your particular case:

• Title Page
• Abstract
• Executive Summary
• Table of Contents
• List of Figures / List of Tables
• Main Report: Introduction; Background / Literature Review; Project Description;
Data / Description of Data; Conclusion
• Acknowledgments
• References
• Appendices

1. Create a simple Title Page at the Beginning of your Report. The title page
needs to provide the title of the report and your name and often includes details
like the date and the purpose of the report's submission. Check for any title page
layout guidelines for your discipline, department, employer, etc.[5]

• For a typical title page (and overall report layout), see


http://www.mech.utah.edu/~rusmeeha/references/Writing.pdf
2. Provide a Condensed Overview of the Report in the Abstract. The goal of a
technical report abstract is to boil down the essentials of the report into about 300
words. You need to provide a very quick rundown of what the report covers and any
conclusions or recommendations you make in it.

• Write the abstract after you’ve written the actual report. You want it to be a condensed
description of what you have written, not of what you intend to write.
• Check to see if there is a specific word limit for your abstract. Even if there isn’t, 300
words is a good word limit to aim for.
3. Create an Executive Summary that Condenses the Report by about 90%.
Executive summaries get their name due to the fact that they’re targeted toward high-
ranking executives who presumably won’t have time to read the whole report. The
executive report should be longer and more detailed than the abstract, but still, be only
about 10% of the length of the main report.

• The executive summary should focus on your Findings, Conclusions, and/or


Recommendations, and allow the report itself to present the data—although highlights
of the data should be provided.
• Depending on your situation, you may need to write an abstract, an executive
summary, or both.

4. Draw up a Table of Contents, List of Tables, and List of Figures. The table of
contents should break down the entire report section-by-section, so readers can quickly
get a feel for the entire report and find any particular section. Technical reports are
data-driven and invariably have many tables and figures, so provide lists of each that
quickly identify them and let readers know where to locate them.

• Check for any formatting guidelines for these sections. If the format is left up to you,
keep things simple and straightforward.
5. Follow the Main Body of the Report with an Acknowledgments section. While
acknowledgments sections in books or other types of research papers often thank
friends and family, in technical reports, they typically focus on mentioning those who
directly helped facilitate the creation of the report. Any individual or group that
supported your work in a professional capacity (including financially, such as through
grants) should be acknowledged in this section.

• This section typically runs 1-2 paragraphs and follows a fairly simple “The author would
like to thank…” format.

6. Include Citations in the References section, using a consistent format. Create a


citation for every source you quote from or refer to in the main body of the report. If you
are not given a specific citation format to follow (for instance, APA or MLA format),
choose one and follow it consistently throughout this section and the entire report.

• In some cases, you may also be expected to provide a listing of works you have
consulted but not specifically cited in work. Check with the relevant department,
organization, individual, etc., if you’re not sure.

7. Use Appendices to provide useful but not essential information. If, for instance,
you have a great deal of raw data that isn’t in itself essential to the report, but which is
enlightening, nevertheless, include it in one or more appendices. Never put anything
you consider essential to the report in an appendix—find a place for it in the main body
of the work.

• Use a consistent, easy-to-navigate format when creating appendices. They aren’t


meant to be dumping grounds for random snippets of data or information.

6. What Are the Basics in Technical Writing?

a. Good Style
b. Building Goodwill
c. Half-Truths About Writing
d. Better Style
e. 11 Ways to Build Better Style
f. Draft Testing
g. Organizational Preferences
h. Recommended Resources

a. Good Technical Writing Style


▪ Varies by the audience; it considers the reader and builds goodwill
▪ Maintains consistent and “good” style
▪ Is, above almost all, clear
Good Technical Writing Style also
▪ Attends to Visual Impact
▪ Persuades

b. Build Goodwill: Use “You-Attitude”

▪ You-Attitude” is a style of writing that


▪ Adopts the audience’s point of view
▪ Emphasizes what the audience wants to know
▪ Protects the audience’s ego (e.g., does not use “you” to make accusations)

Build Goodwill: Avoid Bias


▪ Use nonsexist language that treats both sexes neutrally.
▪ Job titles: Chairman vs. Chairperson
▪ Courtesy titles: Mrs. vs. Ms.
▪ Pronouns: The nurse and her patients vs. the nurse and his patients
▪ Don’t make assumptions about your audiences’ sexual orientation, gender, marital
status, etc.
▪ Use nonracist and nonagist language
▪ Give someone’s race or age only if it is relevant to your communication.
▪ Refer to a group by the term it prefers.
▪ Avoid terms that suggest competent members of a certain group are unusual.

c. Half-Truths about Style


1. Write as you talk
2. Never use “I.”
3. Never begin a sentence with and or but
4. Never end the sentence with a preposition
5. Big words impress people

Write as You Talk: Yes . . . But


▪ Yes
▪ Do it for the first draft
▪ Read draft aloud to test
▪ But
▪ Expect awkward, repetitive, badly organized prose
▪ Plan to revise and edit

Never Use I: Yes . . . But


▪ Yes
▪ I can make writing seem self-centered
▪ I can make ideas seem tentative
▪ I should never appear in a resume, but it’s fine to use it in a cover letter.
▪ But
▪ Use I to tell what you did, said, saw—it’s smoother
Never Begin Sentence with And or But

▪ And may make the idea seem like an afterthought


▪ And gives the effect of natural speech
▪ But serves as a signpost, signals a shift
▪ But can make writing smoother

Never End a Sentence with a Preposition: Yes . . . But


▪ Yes
▪ A preposition may not be worth emphasizing this way
▪ Readers expect something to follow a preposition
▪ Avoid in job application letters, reports, formal presentations
▪ But
▪ OK now and then

Big Words Impress People: Yes . . . But

▪ Yes
▪ You may want to show formality or technical expertise
▪ But
▪ Big words distance you from readers
▪ Big words maybe
misunderstood

▪ Misused words
make you look foolish

d. Building Better Style

▪ Write WIRMI: What I Really Mean Is


▪ Read draft aloud to person three feet away
▪ Ask someone to read the draft aloud
▪ Read widely; write a lot
▪ Study revised sentences
▪ Polish your style with the 11 techniques that follow

e. 11 Ways to Build Better Style

1. Use Accurate, Appropriate Words


▪ Denotation
▪ literal meanings; dictionary definitions
▪ Bypassing—two people using the same word to
mean different things; causes mix-ups
▪ Connotation
▪ emotional association; attitude
- / +
▪ nosy / curious
▪ fearful / cautious
▪ obstinate / firm

2. Use Familiar Words


▪ Words most people know
▪ Words that best convey your meaning
▪ Shorter, more common words
▪ Specific, concrete words
3. Use Short, Simple, Alternatives

▪ Stuffy Simple
reside live
commence begin
enumerate list
finalize finish, complete
utilize use
4. When you use jargon, consider your audience
▪ Jargon—special terms of technical field
▪ Use in job application letters
▪ Use when essential and known to the reader
5. Use Active Verbs (Usually)
▪ Active—subject of a sentence does action the verb describes
▪ Passive—subject is acted upon
▪ Usually includes a form of “to be”
▪ Change to active if you can
▪ Direct object becomes subject
Passive vs. Active Verbs
▪ P: The program will be implemented by the agencies.
▪ A: The agencies will implement the program.
▪ P: These benefits are received by you.
▪ A: You receive these benefits.
▪ P: A video was ordered.
▪ A: The customer ordered a video.
▪ Active verbs are better because—
▪ Shorter
▪ Clearer
▪ More interesting
▪ Passive verbs are better to—
▪ Emphasize object receiving the action
▪ Adhere to the standards used in more conservative technical publications
▪ Avoid placing blame

6. Use Verbs to Carry Weight


Replace this phrase with a verb

❖ make an adjustment = adjust

❖ make a decision= decide

❖ perform an examination= examine

❖ take into consideration = consider

7. Eliminate Wordiness
▪ Wordy—an idea can be said in fewer words
▪ Conciseness; a mark of good writing that contributes to the clarity
▪ Omit words that say nothing
▪ Put the meaning in subject and verb
8. Omit Words that Say Nothing
▪ Cut words if an idea is clear without them
▪ . . . period of three months
▪ . . . at the present time
▪ Replace wordy phrase with one word
▪ Ideally, it would be best to put the. . . .
▪ If possible, put the…
▪ There are three reasons for our success…
▪ Three reasons explain the…
9. Put Meaning of Sentence in Subject & Verb:
Example

The reason we are recommending the computerization of this process is because it will
reduce the time required to obtain data and will give us more accurate data. wordy

Computerizing the process will give us more accurate data more quickly. tight
10. Vary Sentence Length & Structure
▪ Varying sentence length and structure helps keep audience interest
▪ Use short sentences when the subject matter is complicated
▪ Use longer sentences to
▪ Show how ideas link to each other
▪ Avoid choppy copy
▪ Reduce repetition

▪ Mix sentence structures


▪ Simple – 1 main clause
▪ Compound – 2 main clauses
▪ Complex – 1 main, one subordinate clause
11. Use Parallel Structure: Example
▪ During the interview, job candidates will
▪ Take a skills test.
▪ The supervisor will interview the prospective employee.
▪ A meeting with recently hired workers will be held. faulty
▪ During the interview, job candidates will
▪ Take a skills test.
▪ Interview with the supervisor.
▪ Meet with recently hired workers. parallel
Begin Most Paragraphs with Topic Sentence
▪ Unity—paragraph discusses one idea; a mark of good writing
▪ Topic sentence—states the main idea
▪ Tells what paragraph is about
▪ Forecasts paragraph’s structure
▪ Helps readers remember points

Use Thesis Statements


▪ A thesis is, essentially, a one or two-sentence version of the analysis or argument
presented in a communication
▪ Most reports should contain clear and concise thesis statements
▪ Readers almost instinctively look to them for guidance
Use Transitions to Link Ideas
▪ Transition—signals the connections between ideas to the reader
▪ Tells if the next sentence continues or starts a new idea
▪ Tells if the next sentence is more or less important than previous
▪ Don’t get stuck in the
“however” rut; there are plenty
of lists of transitions online
Cite, cite, cite
▪ Always cite your sources, and use the citation style your audience
prefers. Citations lend credibility and can keep you out of academic and
legal trouble
For CH EN 4903, use a numbered list of references (option 2 in comment T34 in Example
Formal Report A)

f. Test Drafts on actual Audiences


▪ How long does it take to find the information they need?
▪ Do they make mistakes using it?
▪ Do they think the draft is easy to use?

g. Writing Style Preferences


▪ Good writing varies by organization, and, of course, from class to class and instructor
to instructor
▪ Use the style your audience prefers
h. Recommended Resources

▪ Technical Communication by Paul Anderson


▪ PocketBook of Technical Writing for Engineers & Scientists by Leo Finkelstein
7. What Is a Cover Letter (Application Letter)?

a. A Cover Letter contains the job applicant's credentials and interest in the position. It
informs the potential employer what you are enclosing in the email or letter, and it also
explains why you are contacting them. Further, it explains why they should consider hiring you
for the position.

9. What is the Purpose of a Cover Letter?

a. A cover letter is a method of introducing yourself to the company for whom you would like
to work. If you do not make a clear and positive first impression, you might be eliminated from
a position without even speaking with the employer.

b. In general, your letter will either be a letter of application or a letter of inquiry, depending
on whether or not you are writing to apply for an open position. A letter of application will
include specific details about the position for which you are applying. In contrast, a letter of
inquiry is asking the employer to consider you for any existing or future positions that suit
your experience.

c. The cover letter is a necessity when applying for a job. There is a basic format that you can
follow, consisting of a salutation, three paragraphs, and a close that can be used to get a
potential employer's attention.

10. Cover Letter Heading

a. There is a standardized format for a cover letter. The top of a cover letter should have a
heading that matches your resume. The format is as follows:

Name
Address, City, State, Zip Code
Home Phone, Cell Phone
Email Address

e. The next line should have the date, followed by a space and the contact information of
the potential employer. It should look like this:
Date

Addressee's Name, Title


Company Name
Mailing Address
City, State, Zip Code

f. First Paragraph

Most cover letters are glanced at for a total of 45 seconds. The cover letter needs to be
direct, short, and well written. Limit your cover letter length to three paragraphs. A cover letter
should consist of three paragraphs and should all be aligned to the left. The same font,
spacing, and look of your resume should be reflected in your cover letter. A cover letter should
begin with 'Dear Mr.' or 'Ms.' or 'Dear Human Resource Manager' if there is no contact name
mentioned in the advertisement. Do not use 'Mrs.' as it is not considered professional because
there is no way of determining someone's marital status.

The first task of a cover letter is to capture the reader's attention, so the first paragraph
should quickly explain why you are interested in the position. The next two sentences should
contain why you would be beneficial to the company. This is called a selling point, and it
informs the potential employer about how you could be a valuable asset to the company. For
example:

I am responding to the advertised Marketing Manager position that appeared in the


New Santa Times. As you can see from my enclosed resume, I am extremely qualified for the
position. I have an MBA and over ten years’ experience handling marketing programs for ABC
and NYB corporations.

g. Second Paragraph

The second paragraph of your cover letter should expand on your qualifications and
experiences. The explanation should explain why you would be a perfect fit for the advertised
position. This is also where you should reread the ad and make sure to address each item the
company is looking for with your own selling point. For example, the ad might state, 'Looking
for someone with experience working trade shows.' The second paragraph of your cover letter
could contain:

I spent the last five years organizing industry trade shows, from the initial design phase
to working the floor and educating the consumers about our product. In fact, our booth won an
award at the last trade show for the Most Interactive Display.

It is critical to associate your strengths and accomplishments with what the company is
looking for in their open position. Your second paragraph should not be more than five
sentences in order to keep the reader's interest. For example, if the job advertisement
mentions that they require someone with flexibility, excellent organizational skills, and a
knack
for learning on the job, then you should provide examples from your job history that match
what they need for the position.

11. What should You include in your closing?


a. Close with a strong reminder of why you are a good candidate.
b. Request an interview in some way.
c. Provide contact information.
d. Thank them!
e. Sign your name and
print it underneath.
Example:
I am eager to speak with you and discuss my possible contribution to Country Press,
as I feel my experiences in communication and customer service will be an asset to the
company. Please contact me at 423-512-1143, or email me at anyone@anywhere.com.
Thank you for your time and consideration.

Finally…

f. Proofread the cover letter after a few hours or days (improve sentences,
grammar, typos).
g. Give your cover letter to friends, professors, and/or colleagues for
proofreading and suggestions.

12. What Goes into a Resume?

a. Simply put, a resume is a one- to two-page document


that sums up a job seeker's qualifications for the jobs,
they're interested in. More than just a formal job
application, a resume is a marketing tool that job
seekers use to communicate their value to employers.
b. A resume summarizes the most important information
an employer needs to know when they consider a new
hire. The job seeker's relevant qualifications, training,
and work history are listed under easily understood
resume headings such as "Summary of Qualifications,"
"Professional Experience," or "Education." A typical
resume will include the following:

1. Contact information
Job seeker's name, address, phone numbers, and email.
2. Objective or Summary of Qualifications
Relevant and impressive qualifications for the desired position, presented at the top of
the page, directly under the contact information.
3. Work History
Present and/or past employment, including dates, companies, job titles, and relevant
skills and accomplishments.
4. Education
Highest level of education completed.

If appropriate for your field or job, it can also include topics under such headings as
Achievements, Licenses, Computer Skills, Professional Affiliations, and Related Coursework.

13. Types of Resumes

Many kinds of resume templates are available, but the top three formats are:

a. Chronological: With work history listed in reverse chronological order (most recent
position first, and oldest position last), this traditional type of resume focuses on titles
and dates.
b. Functional: This less-common format focuses on skills and accomplishments, rather
than dates and titles. It divides your qualifications into functional categories, such as
Administrative, Marketing, or Project Management.
c. Combination/Hybrid: Featuring a mix of elements from both of the above resume types,
this format is the most versatile for individual scenarios. Many feel this format gives
hiring managers the best of both worlds.

a.Chronological

What it is: The most widely used and traditional format. It emphasizes career growth, listing
your work history in reverse chronological order from your most recent position down to your
oldest (relevant) position within the last 10-15 years. It focuses on employment dates, job
titles, and education.

Why it works for you: You've been in the same industry/field for several years and plan to
stay there. Your current or most recent position is one you're proud of and one that can offer
important skills to the prospective employer.

The chronological resume seems to be the most popular resume format used. This type of
resume usually contains an objective and/or career summary statement and a chronological
listing (from most recent to past) of all your employers along with related accomplishments.
Educational information is included along with certifications and special skills.

This type of resume format may be fine for someone who is experienced, but if you are
switching careers or are just entering the workforce, this type of resume will most likely help
you wind up in the "no" pile. So how do you showcase your talents if you can't lay them out
like everyone else?

b. Functional

What it is: Stresses what you can do, rather than when you did it. It defines your value by
focusing more on skills and less on work history. It calls attention to qualifications and
achievements, listing them under headings that show your areas of expertise, followed by
work history and education.

Why it works for you: You've changed careers frequently or have significant employment
gaps in your work history. Or, you're a parent looking to re-enter the workforce, you took time
off for travel or personal reasons, got laid off, or are just entering the workforce out of college

Take the time to develop a strong functional resume. Functional resumes highlight your
abilities, such as hiring, managing, or coaching, rather than your chronological work history.
You'll still need to summarize your work history, but this is usually done at the bottom of your
resume. Don't panic. By the time the reader has gotten to that point, he is usually sold on
bringing you in for an interview.

Most books on resume writing contain sections on how to write functional or skills-based
resumes. Go to your local bookstore or library and thumb through some books. Then make
your selection.
One of my favorite books on this topic is an oldie but goodie. It's old enough to be out of print,
but you can still find copies online or at libraries. The book is titled Hire Yourself an Employer
by Richard Irish. It just goes to show that solid advice is just that—solid.

14. Who should use a Functional Resume?

A functional resume format is particularly useful for people who:

• Have gaps in their work history.


• Are reentering the workforce.
• Have frequently changed jobs.
• Are looking to transition into new careers.
• Don't exactly fit the mold of what recruiters are looking for in the positions they want.

The reason functional resumes work well in these situations is that many of us have acquired
skills while working that are very transferable. For example, if you have worked as a retail
manager, chances are you were responsible for hiring, training, coaching, evaluating, and
handling employee relations issues.

If you were to submit this information in a chronological resume, there's a good chance a
hiring manager (or computer) might skip right by you because you did not hold the title of
human resources manager, even if 50 percent of your day was spent dealing with HR-related
issues.

It all comes down to how you package yourself. You can give employers the same
information, only in a new and improved package. This is bound to get you more interviews,
which will increase your chances of landing the job you want.
c. Combination/Hybrid

What it is: Combines elements from both chronological and functional formats. It emphasizes
your skills and accomplishments with a balanced emphasis on work history, including
employment dates and job titles.

Why it works for you: You're eyeing a significant career change or promotion in your current
field, or you have work experience in many different fields that are unrelated and don't define
a clear career path.

15. What is Minutes of the Meeting & How to Have a Productive Meeting?

MEETINGS
a. Meetings allow people to share
information and collaborate to
produce better results than
exchanges of e-mail messages or
other means would allow. Like a
presentation, a successful meeting
requires planning and preparation.
b. A productive meeting is where the
result of the meeting is achieved by
the creation of something tangible
that will help the overall success of
the company. Mixed Up Colors
needs a boot camp to learn the
ingredients to run a successful,
productive meeting.

16.STEPS IN CONDUCTING A MEETING


Planning a Meeting

a. As you plan a meeting, determine the focus of the meeting, decide who should attend,
and choose the best time and place to hold it. Prepare an agenda for the meeting and
determine who should take the minutes.
b. Organizing a meeting can be a monumental task in the workplace. The following are the
key steps in attaining the first ingredient to a successful meeting: preparing or
assembling, arrange, or produce a meeting effectively.

17. Determine the Purpose of the Meeting

a. Create an Appropriate Agenda. This agenda should be distributed to meeting


participants ahead of time. It should have any past review material and the new issues
detailed on the agenda. Mixed Up Colors' next meeting is tasked with creating a new
product for the next year. Past marketing research data is included. The time and
length of the meeting is mentioned.
b. Define the Meeting Objectives. In order for any meeting to be successful, it has to
accomplish something. The meeting objectives detail exactly the point of why the
meeting is being held and what will be accomplished. This meeting will evaluate
whether the company should create glitter paints that glow in the dark.
c. Planning a meeting is to focus on the desired outcome. Ask yourself the following
question to help you determine the purpose of the meeting: What should participants
know, believe, do, or be able to do as a result of attending the meeting?
18. Decide Who Should Attend

a. Invite the Right People to the Meeting


Once the objectives are created, the meeting should have the correct
players in order to achieve the needed goals. If someone is missing
whose expertise is needed, the entire meeting is a waste of time. Mixed
Up has invited the marketing, production, and engineering teams.
b. Schedule a meeting for a time when all or most of the key people can be
present. If a meeting must be held without some key participants, ask
those people for their contributions before the meeting or invite them to
participate by speakerphone, videoconference, or such remote methods.

19. Choose the Meeting Time


a. The meeting time should be short, and the time used efficiently. If the
meeting runs long, it is important to ask for everyone's consent to extend
the time frame. The meeting time of four o'clock on a Friday is not going
to be very productive or popular.
b. The time of day and the length of the meeting can influence its outcome.
Consider the following when you are planning a meeting:

▪ Monday morning is often used to prepare for the coming week’s work.
▪ Friday afternoon is often focused on completing the current week’s tasks.
▪ Long meetings may need to include breaks to allow participants to respond to
messages and refresh themselves.
▪ Meetings held during the last 15 minutes of the day will be quick, but few people will
remember what happened.
▪ Remote participants may need consideration for their time zones.

20. Choose the Meeting Location

a. Having a meeting at your own location, can give you an advantage: You
feel more comfortable, which, along with your guests’ newness to their
surroundings, may give you an edge. Holding the meeting on someone
else’s premises, however, can signal cooperation.

21. Assign the Minute-Taking


a. Assign a Note Taker. A note-taker should be assigned to take detailed
notes and then summarize key points at the end of the meeting. Mixed
Up Colors rotates the assignment of the note taker for each meeting.
b. Delegate the minute-taking to someone other than the leader. The
minute-taker should record major decisions made and tasks assigned. To
avoid misunderstandings, the minute-taker needs to record each
assignment, the person responsible for it, and the date on which it is due.
22. Conducting the Meeting.
a. The next part of a Productive Meeting is related to how it is conducted.
Conducting is administrating or orchestrating a meeting in the workplace
by being an Effective Leader. The leader of the meeting should not take
over the meeting and talk the entire time. A good leader will listen and
ask questions to be productive. Everyone at the meeting should have an
opportunity to talk.
b. Assign someone to write on a board or project a computer image of
information that needs to be viewed by everyone present.
c. During the meeting, keep to your agenda; however, create a productive
environment by allowing room for differing views and fostering an
environment in which participants listen respectfully to one another.

▪ Consider the feelings, thoughts, ideas, and needs of others—do not let your own
agenda blind you to other points of view.
▪ Help other participants feel valued and respected by listening to them and responding
to what they say.
▪ Respond positively to the comments of others whenever possible.
▪ Consider communication styles and approaches that are different from your own,
particularly those from other cultures.

23. Deal with Conflict


a. Despite your best efforts, conflict is inevitable. However, conflict is
potentially valuable; when managed positively, it can stimulate creative
thinking by challenging complacency and showing ways to achieve goals
more efficiently or economically.

24. Close the Meeting

a. Just before closing the meeting, review all decisions and assignments.
Paraphrase each to help the group focus on what they have agreed to do
and to ensure that the minutes will be complete and accurate.

25. MINUTES OF THE MEETING


a. A meeting minute is a written document that describes the events of the
meeting, a list of attendees, and, if necessary, action points each
person in the meeting has to carry out. It may also show the decisions
taken during the meeting. This document is useful because it states the
responsibilities of each person and serves as a guide to check what’s
needed to complete the event or project.
For recurrent meetings, a minute is also important because it serves as a
tracking tool to follow up on the issues around the event.

b. Minutes of the Meeting or sometimes called Meeting Minutes, can


be defined as written or recorded documentation that is used to
inform
people of what happened during the meeting and define the next step
planned.

c. Creating meeting minutes, according to Meetingking.com, provides a


written record of what was agreed at a meeting. Good meeting minutes
tell people what was decided and what they need to achieve and by what
date.

d. When meeting minutes are received, it jogs memories about tasks that
people need to do. If a task is not performed, then you can refer back to
the meeting minutes to follow up on it.

26. ESSENTIAL AND GENERAL PARTS OF THE MINUTES OF THE MEETING

a. HEADING

Contains the complete name and address of the company. Every company has its own
template for heading. Sometimes, company contact number and email address are included in
this part.

b. TITLE OF THE MEETING

Includes the date, day, and starting time of the meeting. Also, the venue or location of the
meeting is included.

c. ATTENDANCE

Is the complete list of names of all the attendees of the meeting? Most of the time, the
attendance of the meeting is listed on a separate sheet of paper that is being attached to the
minutes of the meeting.

The attendance of the meeting is divided into three components:

PRESENT – the complete list of names of all those who are present at the meeting.
REGRETS – the complete list of names of those who have contacted the chairman or
presider to let them know that they will be unable to attend the scheduled meeting.
ABSENT – the complete list of those who are absent at the meeting.

d. CALL TO ORDER

Consists of the exact time of the scheduled meeting. Moreover, in this part, the complete
name and position or designation of the one who set the meeting is stated.

e. APPROVAL OF THE MINUTES OF THE PREVIOUS MEETING


Contains the motion to approve the minutes of the previous or last meeting as circulated to
approve the minutes as amended. The attendees of the meeting may correct or revise the
minutes of the previous meeting.

f. BUSINESS ARISING FROM THE PREVIOUS MINUTES OF THE


MEETING

Includes some agenda from the previous meeting that are needed to be reviewed and
needed to take immediate action.

g. NEW BUSINESS

Refers to the agenda of the meeting. You may refer to the Notice of the Meeting to follow
the flow of the agenda of the meeting. Other agenda that are not listed may be added to the
other matters.

h. ADJOURNMENT

It is composed of the exact time the meeting was adjourned or ended by the chairman or
presider.

i. SIGNATURE

Contains the signature over complete name of the corporate secretary who prepared the
minutes of the meeting.

Parts of the Meeting Minute


• Heading: name of the team, date and time, and location of the meeting.
• List of attendees: names of those who attended the meeting.
• Action items: points every topic or action that needs to be addressed, what needs to be
done, and who will be in charge of such action.
• Announcements: include the announcements or news that participants want to discuss
in the next meeting (if any).
• Next meeting: provide details of where and when of the next meeting.

After the minute is written and ready to be sent, the person in charge of creating it should
copy all people involved in the events of the meeting, whether they attend or not.

j. FORMAL MEETINGS VS LESS FORMAL MEETINGS

k. Best practices to refer to the minutes of the previous meeting which require follow-up in
FORMAL MEETINGS, such as BOARD MEETINGS:

o Have more details;


o Use formal language;
o Have a more structured layout;
o Contain cross-references to other meeting documents
o Best practices to refer to the minutes of the previous meeting which require follow-up in
LESS FORMAL MEETINGS such as DEPARTMENT MEETINGS:
o More brief;
o Use less formal language; and
o Contain jargon and concepts specific to the meeting participants.

l. LAYOUTS IN DESIGNING YOUR TEMPLATE

In designing a template, use:


❑ Fonts that are easy to read;
❑ Hierarchy of heading styles to identify the importance of each item;
❑ Plenty of space;
❑ Very little bold or italic text;
❑ Numbers to identify agenda items;
❑ Estimates of time allotment for discussion of each item;
❑ Starting time and adjournment time; and
❑ Scheduled breaks.
Example:

MINUTES OF THE MEETING


September 13, 2017 (Wednesday), 9:00 AM
Newport Auditorium, BC3 Building,
Vito Cruz, Manila
I. ATTENDANCE
Please see attached attendance sheet.
II. CALL TO ORDER
The meeting was called to order at 10:00 AM by Engr. Antonio Dela Merced,
President, and CEO of the Golden Eagle Construction.
III. APPROVAL OF THE MINUTES OF MEETING
None
IV. BUSINESS ARISING FROM THE PREVIOUS MINUTES OF THE MEETING
None
V. NEW BUSINESS (AGENDA)
1. Engr. Antonio Dela Merced, the president and CEO of the company, announced
that the company would be expanding in Cebu early next year.
2. In connection with the expansion, additional managers, supervisors, staff,
foreman, electrician, construction workers, and the likes are needed. Mr. JR
Doromal, Human Resources Manager, mentioned that an additional 250
employees are needed.
3. Mr. Dino Cabral, the company’s finance officer, presented the estimated budget
for the expansion.
4. The president also told the head of every department to prepare for the
upcoming expansion and to submit the needed reports and documents next
meeting.
5. The need meeting is scheduled after two weeks, said the president, September
27, 2018 (Wednesday), 9:00 AM, same venue.
6. Every department head is expected to attend and present their reports for the
expansion.
7. There are no other matters to be discussed.
VI. ADJOURNMENT
The meeting was adjourned by the presider at 11:46 AM.

Prepared by:

MR. RAYMUND SIBUCO


Corporate Secretary

Approved by:
ENGR. ANTONIO DELA MERCED
President and CEO
27. Definition, Purpose, and Examples of Memorandum

a. A memorandum, more commonly known as a memo, is a short message


or record used for internal communication in a business. Once the
primary form of internal written communication, memorandums have
declined in use since the introduction of email and other forms of
electronic messaging; however, being able to write clear memos certainly
can serve you well in writing internal business emails, as they often serve
the same purpose.
b. Memo is one of the most frequently used words in the corporate world.
However, some employees are still confused about what the memo is.
c. Due to a lack of knowledge and background about the definition and
contents of the word “memo,” sometimes, it denotes something negative,
especially if you will learn that it came from your superior.
d. Memo, as defined by Collins Dictionary, is a short official note that is sent
by one person to another within the same company or organization to
remind the recipient.
e. Minas et al. (2010) shared two essential facts about inter-office
memorandum. First, a good memo passes departments, between
individuals in different departments, between management and the staff,
and others. Second, most firms provide printed forms and restrict
interoffice correspondence to one subject only to encourage conciseness
and clarity and to filing and reference.

28. Purpose of Memos

a. Memos can be used to quickly communicate with a wide audience something brief but
important, such as procedural changes, price increases, policy additions, meeting schedules,
reminders for teams, or summaries of agreement terms, for example.

29. Writing Effective Memos

a. Communications strategist Barbara Diggs-Brown says that an effective memo is "short,


concise, highly organized, and never late. It should anticipate and answer all questions that a
reader might have. It never provides unnecessary or confusing information."

b. Be clear, be focused, be brief yet complete. Take a professional tone and write as if the
world could read it—that is, don't include any information that's too sensitive for everyone to
see, especially in this age of copy and paste or "click and forward."

30. Format

a. Start with the basics: to whom the article is addressed, the date, and the subject line. Start
the body of the memo with a clear purpose, state what you need the readers to know, and
conclude with what you need readers to do, if necessary. Remember that employees may just
skim the memo upon receipt, so use short paragraphs, subheads, and where you can, use
lists. These are "points of entry" for the eye so the reader can refer back easily to the part of
the memo that he or she needs.

b. Don't forget to proofread. Reading aloud can help you find dropped words, repetition, and
awkward sentences.

31. Sample Memo About Print Schedule Change

a. Here is a sample internal memo from a fictional publishing company informing employees
about upcoming schedule changes due to a Thanksgiving holiday. Production could also have
sent separate memos to separate departments as well, especially if there were more detail
that each department needed, and that wouldn't pertain to the other departments.

To: All employees

From: E.J. Smith, Production Lead

Date: November 1, 2018

Subject: Thanksgiving Print Schedule Change

Production would like to remind everyone that the Thanksgiving holiday will affect our print
deadlines this month. Any hard-copy pages that would normally go out to the printer via UPS
on a Thursday or Friday during the week will need to go out by 3 p.m. on Wednesday,
November 21.

Ad Sales and Editorial Departments

• Make sure that anyone sending you text or images for publication won't be on vacation
the week of the 19th. Set deadlines earlier for anything coming from outside.
• Please know that internal photography and graphic designers will have more work and
less time to do it, so please route your work to the appropriate department earlier than
normal.
• Please do not send "rush" work later than November 16. Any short-turnaround items
needed Thanksgiving week cannot be guaranteed to be completed by the earlier
deadlines and must go through the scheduler's desk for approval before being
assigned. Be early instead.

Photography and Graphics Departments

• All members of the art department will be allowed to put in overtime during November
as needed to deal with the crunch of the start of the holiday season and the
earlier deadlines.
Thank you in advance, everyone, for your help in getting materials in as early as possible and
your consideration for the production department staff.

b. Sample Memo About a Meeting

The following is a fictional memo to set up a meeting with members of a team who are
returning from a trade show.

To: Trade Show Team

From: C.C. Jones, Marketing Supervisor

Date: July 10, 2018

Subject: Trade Show Return Meeting

Upon your return to work Friday, July 20, from the trade show, let's plan a noon lunch meeting
in the east wing meeting room to go over how the show went. Let's plan to discuss what
worked well and what didn't, such as:

• Number of days in attendance


• Amount and types of marketing materials provided
• Booth displays
• How were the giveaways received?
• The location of the booth and traffic at different times of day
• What sparked interest in passersby
• Booth staffing levels

I know that when you get back from a trade show, you have a million things to follow up on, so
we will keep the meeting to 90 minutes or less. Please come prepared with your feedback and
constructive criticism on the marketing aspects of the show. Existing-customer feedback and
new customer leads will be covered in a separate meeting with product and sales teams.
Thank you for your work at the show.

Source

Diggs-Brown, Barbara. The PR Styleguide. 3rd ed, Cengage Learning, 2012.


32. The distinction between Memorandum and Letter

Memorandum versus Letter


Characteristic Memorandum Letter

Destination Internal: External: correspondence


correspondence written is written outside the
to colleagues within a business.
company.
Format Identification lines Includes letterhead
include “Date,” “To/For,” address, date, reader’s
“From,” and “Subject.” address, salutation, text,
The message follows complimentary close, and
these. signatures.
Audience Generally high-tech or Generally low-tech and lay
low-tech, mostly readers, such as vendors
business colleagues. and clients.
Topic One topic only One or more

Tone Informal (peer audience) More formal (audience of


vendors and clients)
Attachments Hard-copy attachments Additional information can
can be stapled to the be enclosed within the
memo. Complimentary envelope. Complimentary
copies can be sent to copies can be sent to the
the other readers. other readers.
Delivery Time Determined by a Determined by the
company’s in-house mail destination (within the city,
procedure. Memos could state, or country). Letters
be delivered within three could be delivered within 3
days (more or less). days but may take more
than a week.

Source from: https://www.slideshare.net/younick143/memo-and-other-letter-formats


To perform the aforesaid big picture (unit learning outcomes) for the third three (3)
weeks of the course, you need to fully understand the following essential knowledge that will
be laid down in the succeeding pages. Please note that you are not limited to refer to these
resources exclusively. Thus, you are expected to utilize other books, research articles, and
other resources that are available in the university’s library, e.g., ebrary, search.proquest.com,
etc.

1. The Essence of Technical Writing


a. Technical Writing is writing that describes or explains a product, service, or idea to
the reader. While technical writing has some elements in common with essay
writing and journalism, it is distinctive from both.
b. Technical Writing plays a vital role in one’s career and pursuit. Low-level
employees can expect to spend up to 20 percent of their time writing, with the
percentage of time spent writing increasing as they climb the corporate ladder.
As cited by Janet Van Wicklen in "Why Dick and Jane Can't Write on the Job,"
American businesses lose more than $1 billion each year from poorly written
communications.
c. Technical Writers produce technical documents. Technical writing can be broken
down into several sub-types, as described below. Some documents may have
elements of more than one sub-type within them, such as marketing-related topics
within a help file.
d. Instructional Writing, which is also categorized as Technical Writing, includes
textbooks, user and owner's manuals, software help files, procedure guides, and
how-to articles. The purpose of instructional writing is to inform, explain, and
educate.
e. Marketing writing, which is another category of Technical Writing, includes fliers,
brochures, external newsletters, social media posts, and white papers. While the
purpose of marketing writing is to sell as much as it is to inform, the style of
technical writing used for marketing purposes is one that informs, to sell by telling
instead of overt persuasion.
f. Business Communication, which is still under its category, includes internal
newsletters, letters, reports, corporate memos, corporate intranets, and email. The
purpose of business communication is to communicate company policies, plans,
and progress to those who have a vested interest in the company's success, either
as employees or investors.
2. Technical Writing Content and Objectives
a. Strive for clarity. Technical writing content should be clearly understood by the person
reading it. Poorly written content can lead to broken equipment, replacement costs, and
possibly either the owner suffering injury or suing the company — all of which can
damage public relations.
• One way to ensure clarity is to use specific quantities instead of ambiguous terms:
"three" instead of "several," "every four hours" instead of "frequently," "a week ago"
instead of "recently," and so forth.
• Another way to ensure clarity is to use a given the word to represent the same concept
throughout the document. In a software help file, for example, "screen" should always
refer to the computer screen, "window" should always refer to the main display of a
software application, and "dialog" or "dialog box" should refer to any floating portion of
the display that prompts the user for a response.

b. Be brief. Unlike other forms of writing, technical writing is intended to help the reader
accomplish a purpose, often in a limited amount of time. For this reason, technical
writing uses as few words as necessary to make its point.
• Some technical documents are brief because of how they are designed. A car owner's
manual is written concisely because it is designed to fit in the glove compartment, while
the owner's manual for a watch is often designed to fit in the watch case.
• Technical writing for the Internet needs to be brief because many readers find it harder
to read text on a screen than in print. Also, the advent of tablet computers and
smartphones means that many readers are reading with screens smaller than those
used with a desktop or laptop computer.
• One way to be brief is to use the shortest possible word that conveys the concept:
"use" instead of "utilize," "try," instead of "endeavor," "to," instead of " to." Prepositional
phrases can often be replaced with a single adjective in front of a noun or eliminated
entirely.
• A second way to be brief is to omit unnecessary words. Something is unique; it is not
"somewhat unique," "rather unique," or "very unique."
• A third way to be brief is to use the active voice instead of the passive voice whenever
possible. Active voice uses action verbs without linking verbs ("Technical writing uses
as few words as necessary"), while passive voice uses linking verbs such as "is" or
"was" with participle forms of verbs ("A car's owner's manual is written concisely").
c. Layout the document for easy reading. Technical writing puts more emphasis on
how the content is arranged on the page or screen than do other forms of writing. The
goal is to present information so it can be quickly read and understood. Technical
documents may use any or all of the following aids:
• Graphics such as illustrations, photographs, and tables.
• White space in the form of generous margins and block indentations to identify
important text.
• Headings and subheadings to identify the concepts of the paragraphs that follow them.
• Varying font sizes and types. Headings and subheadings usually use a larger point size
than the body text and maybe a different font than the body text.
• Font formatting such as boldface, underlining, and italics. These are often used
consistently for emphasis, such as the names of virtual buttons on software user
interfaces being written in boldface.
• Bulleted and numbered lists. Bulleted lists often emphasize key points, while numbered
lists often list the steps in following a procedure.

d. Know your audience. Knowing who will read the document you're writing with effects
which words you choose for clarity and succinctness and may also determine how you
layout the document. Audiences can be broadly described as one of three types:
• High-tech peers/Subject matter experts. These readers generally know as much about
the subject as the writer. Someone writing to this audience can use jargon related to
that subject without explaining it.
• Low-tech peers/Knowledgeable people. These readers know something about the
subject but not as much as the writer does. Someone writing to this audience can use
jargon related to the subject if it is properly explained.
• Lay readers/End users. These readers are customers, clients, patients, or anyone else
outside the business. Someone writing to this audience should avoid jargon in favor of
the words used to explain that jargon to low-tech peers and may also have to add a
further explanation.
e. Be accurate. Technical Writing must provide the reader with correct information,
written correctly. Facts presented must be correct, and math must be correct, and the
grammar used must be correct, so the reader focuses on the content without being
distracted by mistakes.
• Most Technical Writing has to be researched in the same way as college essays are
researched, through examining data, interviewing experts, and finding anecdotes and
examples.

1. http://www.coursehero.com › file › Introduction-to-Technical-Writing


2. https://grammar.yourdictionary.com/word-definitions/definition-of-
technicalwriting.html

3. https://www.wikihow.com/Teach-Technical-Writing
4. https://www.slideshare.net/younick143/memo-and-other-letter-formats
Let’s Check

Activity 1. Now that you know the most essential concepts in the study of the
nature of Technical Writing. Let us try to check your understanding of
these concepts. In the space provided, write the term/s or concept/s
being asked in the following statements:

_ 1. What do you call a type of writing with a specific subject,


specific purpose, and with a specific audience?

_ 2. What is the other term for Application Letter?

_ 3. What are the two (2) types of Application Letter?

4. If you would like to be considered for the job, what


you’re going to submit?

5. What are the two (2) common types of Resume’?

6. It is a gathering of people for a particular purpose, such as


to talk about business.

7. A written document that describes the events of the


meeting, a list of attendees, and, if necessary, action points each person in the meeting has
to carry out.

8. This is a short message or record used for internal


communication in a business.

9. What is inevitable despite your best effort, but when


managed positively, it can stimulate creative thinking by challenging complacency and
showing ways to achieve goals more efficiently or economically?

_ 10. What part of the Minutes of the Meeting that consists of


the exact time of the scheduled meeting, and in this part, the complete name and position
or designation of the one who set the meeting is stated?
Let’s Analyze

Activity 1.
Read each sentence carefully. Identify all Active Voice verbs in each sentence by
writing AV before each numbered blank.
However, if the sentences have Passive Voice verbs, convert them to Active Voice
verbs.

_1. The red apple was eaten by my buddy.


.
_2. He took the Exam for me.
_.
_3. This program was being hosted by the CASE Faculty.
_.
_4. She will implement the said policy.
_.
_5. Randy shall pay her tuition fee this month.
_.
_6. They received the challenges willingly despite the obstacles.
.
_7. The sweet lass was welcomed by her suitors.
_ _.
_8. The sparkling red champagne was donated by Section A Senior
High School students.
_ _ _.
_9. Melissa slowly opens the door when her aunt arrives.
_.
_10. The lovely candidate is mishandled by her strict talent manager.
_.

Activity 2.
Applying familiarity of words, replace the italicized stuffy verbs with simple ones before
each numbered blank.

_1. The UM CBAE Major in Marketing students utilizes the Speech


Communication Laboratory 1 Main Bolton Campus English 202A (Communicative
English) subject last 2nd Semester School Year 2019-2020.
_2. The children temporarily reside with their uncle and aunt near their
school.
_3. I said to myself, “I will commence a new chapter of my life this year.”
_4. Please, enumerate all your answered Prayers in a clean sheet of paper.
_5. By next year, the Lao’s Family will finalize their plan to migrate to
Canada for greener pastures.
In a Nutshell

Activity 1.

Answer each question clearly and comprehensively.

1. State in Your own words of understanding “Technical Writing,” its purpose and
characteristics.

2. Identify and elaborate on the “Tips in Good Technical Writing.”


__

_ _.

3. A Good Technical Writer can make a difficult task easy and can quickly explain
a complex piece of information.
Explain the statement in Your level of understanding.

_
.
4. Explain in Your own words/understanding of Build goodwill: Use of “You
Attitude” in Technical Communication/Writing.

5. What is the importance or essence of having/conducting a Meeting in a certain


Company?

6. Discuss the necessary steps in Conducting a Meeting.


_
_
_
_
_
_
_
__ _
_
_ _.

7. Explain the concepts of having a Minutes of the Meeting.


_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_.
8. Identify and describe the general parts in the Minutes of the Meeting.

_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_

Activity 2.

Look for Job Hiring from Newspaper or Tabloid. Cut the said Job Hiring and
paste it in A4 bond paper. Afterward, write a solicited Application Letter (Cover Letter)
in response to the Ad. Attach with it is Your Resume’ with a scanned recent colored
photo. As an Applicant, be ready and prepared for an Interview from Your Prospective
Employer. The Teacher (Interviewer) and the Student (Interviewee) will have an Online
Job Interview Simulation. Be guided by this Job Interview Video Clip with a very
articulate example of the process. Just click the link given below and get some helpful
tips. Enjoy watching!

Video Clip: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OVAMb6Kui6A

Activity 3.

Assuming that You are the University of Mindanao Human Resource Management
Development (HRMD) Head. Write a Memorandum which is addressed to a CASE Faculty
Member informing his/her frequent or habitual tardiness.

Sample Template of Memorandum


Do You Have any Question for Clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Technical Writing Minutes of the Memorandum


Meeting
Functional Resume’
Chronological Tangible
Resume’
Productive Meeting
Abstract Active & Passive
Voices
Week/s 14-18: Unit Learning Outcomes (ULO):
At the end of the unit, you are expected to:
d. Explain the concepts of Academic Writing.
e. Formulate Research Paper Proposal.

Big Picture in Focus


ULO- d. Explain the concepts of Academic Writing.

Metalanguage

In this section, the essential terms relevant to the study of the concepts of Academic
Writing and to demonstrate ULO-d will be operationally defined to establish a common
frame of reference as to how the texts work. You will encounter these terms as we go
through the study of the concepts of Academic Writing. Please refer to these definitions in
case you will encounter difficulty in understanding some concepts.

1. Definition, Characteristics, and Examples of Academic Writing?

a. Academic writing is clear, concise, focused, structured, and backed up by evidence. Its
purpose is to aid the reader’s understanding.
b. It has a formal tone and style, but it is not complicated and does not require the use of
long sentences and complicated vocabulary.
c. Each subject discipline will have certain writing conventions, vocabulary, and types of
discourse that you will become familiar with throughout your degree.
d. However, there are some general characteristics of academic writing that are relevant
across all disciplines.

2. Characteristics of Academic Writing.

a. Planned and Focused: Answers the question and demonstrates an understanding of


the subject.
b. Structured: Coherent, written in a logical order, and brings together related points and
material.
c. Evidenced: Demonstrates knowledge of the subject area supports opinions and
arguments with evidence and is referenced accurately.
d. Formal in Tone and Style: Uses appropriate language and tenses, and is clear,
concise, and balanced.
3. Examples of Academic Writing.

a. Books and Book Reports.


b. Translations.
c. Essays.
d. Research Paper or Research Article.
e. Conference Paper.
f. Academic Journal.
g. Dissertation and Thesis - These are written to obtaining an Advanced
Degree at a College or University.

To perform the aforesaid big picture (unit learning outcomes) for the third three (3)
weeks of the course, you need to fully understand the following essential knowledge that will
be laid down in the succeeding pages. Please note that you are not limited to refer to these
resources exclusively. Thus, you are expected to utilize other books, research articles, and
other resources that are available in the university’s library, e.g., ebrary, search.proquest.com,
etc.

1. Academic Writing (scholarly writing), It’s Significance in the Academic Realm.

To have the ability to write is a skill that has been taught. We take for granted the fact
that we write every day on various mediums. You can write a letter to your friend or an update
on Facebook, but there are different levels of writing. Academic Writing is a skill that many
don’t learn. Even if you were to write a few essays in school, it does not necessarily make you
an academic writer. Before you can identify how to write an academic piece, you need to
understand what it is.

It is more than just sounding professional. You could be editing linked in profile for
yourself and still not be an academic writer. The proof lies in the structure, referencing, and
the quality of your writing. Academic writing is like an assignment, and each task comes with
its own instructions. If you are able to adhere to instructions, have an academic tone when
writing, and write high-quality content, you are an academic writer. If you do not understand
why we need to learn this skill, let’s break it down into sections of importance.

1. Analytical Way of Thinking

Academic writing kind of forces you to think in an analytical way. You have to take
information and communicate it in a way that makes sense to the reader. Research can only
give you the information you need to write. After that, it is your responsibility to analyze that
information and have an opinion on your findings. When you have the ability to analyze
anything, you are learning a skill that stays with you forever.
2. Technique Things You Should Know About Office Life

You cannot write an academic piece without having a structure and technique attached
to it. If you have a look at the best link in recommendations, you will see that there is a
technique to it. People who are good at academic writing can create some kind of structure.
This is going to serve you in school, as well as your career going forward. Even though most
of the academic writing you will do requires different techniques, it does not matter. You will
read the requirements and be able to adjust without much effort because you understand the
importance of structure.

3. Sense of Professionalism

Writing in an academic tone teaches you to be professional. Even though you are
sitting in front of your computer, you are still going to feel good about yourself at that moment.
Academic writing is more than being professional, but it does allow you to feel it. Learning how
to be and sound professional early on is only going to make life easier career-wise.

4. Challenge for Research Skills

You are going to have to brush up on your research skills if you haven’t done so
already. Doing intensive research is more than just an internet search when it comes to
academic writing. It can take a lot of time to research a topic, but you should look at it as an
interesting journey. As you are researching, you are educating yourself on a specific topic.
This education will help you to think critically and form an opinion. Research skills are
important to every person, and each academic writing piece will require you to have this skill.

5. Educating Oneself to Have Work Ethics

Looking at a bunch of linked in summary samples and applying it to your own is not
hard work. You are going to be challenged when you have an academic writing piece to do.
Learning a good work ethic is important, and it can never be taught too early. When you are
faced with a topic in front of you that you know nothing about, it can seem overwhelming. The
challenge here is to educate yourself enough to be able to form an objective opinion. This is
not just one step, but multiple steps which all take a lot of time and effort. When you complete
the project, you are going to be impressed and proud of yourself. It teaches you that you have
to work for that feeling of accomplishment.

1. https://writingcooperative.com/academic-writing-and-its-importance-5-things-
you-should-know-about-c95ad2e2d2b5

2. https://ewritingservice.com/blog/what-is-the-importance-of-
academic-writing-for-a-student/
3. https://theplagiarism.com/articles/why-academic-writing-is-
important
4. https://www.thestar.com.my/opinion/letters/2018/09/17/importan
ce-of-academic-writing/
5. https://library.leeds.ac.uk/info/14011/writing/106/academic_writin
g

Let’s Check
Activity 1. Now that you know the essential concepts in the study of Academic Writing.
Let us try to check your understanding of these concepts. In the space provided, write the
term/s or concept/s being asked in the following statements:

_ 1. What kind of writing is clear, concise, focused,


structured, and backed up by evidence?

_ 2. What kind of thinking once could you have in


Academic Writing?

_ 3. Through Academic Writing, what skill will you be able to


develop?

Items 4-7: Identify the Characteristics of Academic Writing described in the following
numbers.

4. It uses appropriate language and tenses and is clear,


concise, and balanced.

5. It answers the question and demonstrates an understanding


of the subject.

6. It’s coherent, written in a logical order, and brings together


related points and material.

7. It demonstrates knowledge of the subject area, supports


opinions and arguments with evidence, and is referenced accurately.

8. Give two (2) examples of Academic Writing that one needs


to complete to have Master and Doctorate Degrees.

9. What skill will you develop in Academic Writing?


10. Writing in an academic tone teaches you to be what kind of
person.

Let’s Analyze

Activity 1.

Getting acquainted with the essential terms and concepts of Academic Writing, what also
matters is you should also be able to explain or articulate its inter-relationships. Now, I will
require you to explain your answers to the following questions thoroughly.

1. As a College Student, why do you need to get acquainted with Academic


Writing?

__
_.

2. If asked to write a topic in Academic Writing, what will it be and why?


.

In a Nutshell

Activity 1.

Read the sample Academic Writing below, try to observe how it is written. Then, you
are going to write your own Academic Writing Essay with a very timely and controversial topic
or issue. Your Essay will have 150 to 200 words. Be guided by the Grading Rubric.

When Was Jesus Born?

Jesus Christ is one of the most popular figures of history and religion. Though the
historical evidence of him living is not so substantial, there is enough data to claim he was a
real person. However, with his existence assured by information outside the Bible, there are
still many mysteries about him. One such conundrum is when he was born. In fact, “when was
Jesus born” is a top search on the internet. There are many theories about when he was born
in terms of the year and month and even day. These theories have been clouded by popular
myths, cultural norms, and a lack of concrete evidence. However, this essay will delve into the
various theories behind his birthdate and try to get to the bottom of the question.

Though most people celebrate the birth of Christ on December 25th in the form of
Christmas, most scholars agree that this is not the date he was born. In fact, as stated by
History.com, “The oldest existing record of a Christmas celebration is found in a Roman
almanac that tells of a Christ’s Nativity festival led by the church of Rome in 336 A.D. The
precise reason why Christmas came to be celebrated on December 25 remains obscure, but
most researchers believe that Christmas originated as a Christian substitute for pagan
celebrations of the winter solstice” (“Christ Is Born?”). So, celebrating his birth on
December 25th was more of an adaptation to pagan rituals rather than an adherence to
an exact date.

Some scholars look at the Bible for evidence of when he was born. For instance,
LiveScience states that, “Some scholars think that he was born between 6 B.C. and 4 B.C.,
based partly on the biblical story of Herod the Great. Not long before Herod’s demise, which is
believed to have occurred in 4 B.C., the ruler of Judea supposedly ordered the death of all
male infants who were under the age of two and lived in the vicinity of Bethlehem, in an
attempt to kill Jesus. But historians disagree about Herod’s actual year of death” (Castro,
Joseph). Also, scholars generally assume the mass infanticide described in the Bible to be a
legend rather than a historical fact. Also, the Star of Bethlehem expounded on in the Bible
appearing on the day Jesus was born, sometimes connected to an astronomical event that
happened on 5 B.C. that was noted by Chinese astronomers as a slow-moving comet (Castro,
Joseph). As a side note, some Bible scholars believe Christ was born in the spring or summer
due to shepherds watching over their flocks, as stated in the Bible, which would not have
happened in winter.

Surprisingly, even computer models have been used to calculate the year of Jesus’
birth date based on astronomy. According to LiveScience, “In 2008, astronomer Dave Reneke
argued that Jesus was born in the summer. The Star of Bethlehem, Reneke told New
Scientist, may have been Venus and Jupiter coming together to form a bright light in the sky.
Using computer models, Reneke determined that this rare event occurred on June 17, in the
year 2 B.C.” (Castro, Joseph). However, opposite assumptions have been made by scientists,
by placing Jesus’ birth in autumn with a rare astronomical event happening at 7 B.C.

Finally, it is generally believed, with some doubts about its accuracy, that the Roman
empire took a census during the time of Jesus’ life. This census was mentioned in the Bible,
though it seems there might be errors in terms of dates mentioned. Anyways, if there were a
census during Jesus’ life, then there is some evidence for the approximate time he was born.
According to GotQuestions.org, “Quirinius governed Syria during this same time period, with
records of a census that included Judea in approximately 6 B.C. Some scholars debate
whether this is the census mentioned by Luke, but it does appear to be the same event.
Based on these historical details, the most likely time of Christ’s birth in Bethlehem is 6-5
B.C.” (“What Year Was Jesus Christ Born?”). Thus, with some help from historical records, we
can place Jesus’ date of birth as quite close to the start of the A.D. timeline.

Though we cannot be certain about Jesus’ time of birth, most scholars assume through
historical records, the Bible, and astronomy that he was born around the time of 1 AD in either
the summer or spring. There is a multitude of theories, despite the lack of evidence that we
have. And because of this, there might always be uncertainty about Jesus’ date and time of
birth.

Works Cited

“Christ Is Born?” History.com, A&E Television Networks, 4 Mar. 2010, www.history.com/this-


day-in-history/christ-is-born.

Castro, Joseph. “When Was Jesus Born?” LiveScience, Purch, 30 Jan. 2014,
www.livescience.com/42976-when-was-jesus-born.html.

“What Year Was Jesus Christ Born?” GotQuestions.org, 8 Dec. 2014,


www.gotquestions.org/what-year-was-Jesus-born.html.

The Impact of COVID 19 Pandemic


.

Essay Grading Rubric

STUDENT: ESSAY:

Score Points Criteria

40-33 Excellent to Very Good: There is one clear, well-focused thesis. Excellent command of the subject matter.
Evidence of independent thought. Supporting arguments relate to the main claim & are well organized. The
thesis stands out and is supported by details. Relevant, telling, quality details give important information, going
beyond the obvious or predictable.

32-25 Good to Adequate: The thesis is clear, but supporting information is general. A reasonable command of the
subject matter. A capacity for independent thought, though not fully realized. Sufficient substantiation of the
claim.
CONTENT Supporting details are relevant, but one or more key issues are unsupported.
40%
24-17 Fair to Poor: The thesis is somewhat clear, but more supporting details are needed. The relative absence of
independent thought. Inconsistent substantiation of the claim. Supporting details and information are
somewhat relevant, but key points are unsupported.

16-0 Failing: Vague or unclear thesis. Inadequate command of the subject matter. Unexamined, cliched
thinking. Inadequate substantiation of claims. Supporting details are a seemingly random collection of
information, unclear or not related to the topic.

. 30-25 Excellent to Very Good: Clear Organization. The introduction is inviting, states the thesis, and previews the
structure of the paper. Details are in a logical order. The conclusion is strong and states the point of the paper.

24-19 Good to Adequate: Clear organization. The introduction clearly states the thesis and previews structure but
is not particularly inviting to the reader. Details are in logical order, but may be presented in less interesting
ways.
Conclusion is recognizable and ties up almost all loose ends.

ORGANIZATION 18-13 Fair to Poor: Significant lapses in organization. Introduction states the thesis but does not adequately
30% preview the structure, nor is it particularly inviting. Some details not in the logical or expected order, and this
is distracting. The conclusion is recognizable but does not tie up all loose ends.

12-0 Failing: Poor, hard-to-follow organization. There is no clear introduction to the main topic or structure of the
paper. There is no clear conclusion. The paper just ends. Little or no employment of supporting evidence -
reader left to fill in gaps; thesis meagerly (if at all) established and introduction vague or too brief + weak or
non-existent conclusion = seeming total disregard for progression of ideas
. 20-18 Excellent to Very Good: Extremely fluent and articulate relation of ideas; effective, powerful tone and
language use; quotes, paraphrases, and summaries expertly woven into own writing; structural design
versatile and complex. A variety of thoughtful transitions show how ideas are connected. Pacing is well-
controlled.

17-14 Good to Adequate: Reasonably fluent relation of ideas; an attempt at the tone and language use
somewhat effective; quotes, paraphrases and summaries left wholly or partially disconnected, and/or
repetitiously or formulaically set up; structure lacks variety and/or complexity. Transitions clearly show how
ideas are connected, but there is little variety. Pacing is well-controlled, but there is a lack of elaboration in
some areas.

STYLE
20% 13-10 Fair to Poor: Problematic written voice (possibly halting, blunt, confusing, nonacademic) - ideas unclear;
inappropriate and/or mundane tone & language use; quotes, paraphrases, and summaries few and not
employed properly ("stranded"); no attempt at sentence variability; generally repetitious tone and language.
Some transitions work well; connections between other ideas are fuzzy. Pacing is well-controlled, but
sometimes the same point is repeated.

9-0 We are failing: incoherent relation of ideas; essentially no thought behind tone and language use; few or
no appropriate quotes, paraphrases or summaries; faulty and/or inappropriate structural makeup and
grammatical sense—inadequate transitions between ideas and paragraphs. Pacing is uneven, the same
point repeated, or too much time on details.

10-9 Excellent to Very Good: Few errors in spelling, punctuation, capitalization, sentence structure, and
grammar.

8-7 Good to Adequate: Occasional errors in spelling, punctuation, capitalization, sentence structure, and
grammar, but the meaning is not obscured.
MECHANICS &
GRAMMAR 6-5 Fair to Poor: Frequent errors of spelling, punctuation, capitalization, sentence structure, and grammar,
10% meaning confused or obscured.

4-0 Failing: Dominated by errors in spelling, punctuation, capitalization, sentence structure, and grammar,
meaning, at times, unidentifiable.

Total Score Overall Comments

Adapted from: http://employees.on eonta.edu/benjamkd/advanced/gradingrubric1.htmMay13, 2020


Do You Have any Question for Clarification?

Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.
Academic Writing Journal Research Skill

Thesis Book Report Arguments


Professionalism
Dissertation Evidence

Big Picture in Focus


ULO- e. Formulate Research Paper Proposal.

Metalanguage

In this section, the essential terms relevant to the study of the concepts of Research
Paper and to demonstrate ULO-d will be operationally defined to establish a common
frame of reference as to how the texts work. You will encounter these terms as we go
through the study of the concepts of Academic Writing. Please refer to these definitions in
case you will encounter difficulty in understanding some concepts.

1. Definition, Characteristics, Structure, and Phases of Research


Paper.

a. The word “research” originated from the old French word “ researcher,” meaning
to search and search again. It implies repeating a search for something and
implicitly assumes that the earlier search was not exhaustive and complete in
the sense that there is still scope for improvement. Research in common
parlance refers to a search for knowledge. It may be defined as a scientific and
systematic search for pertinent information on a specific topic/area. Research is
an art of scientific investigation. The Advanced Learner’s Dictionary of Current
English lays down the meaning of research as “a careful investigation or inquiry,
especially through search for new facts in any branch of knowledge.” Redman
and Mory define research as “a systematized effort to gain new knowledge.”
Some people consider research as a movement, a movement from known to
unknown. It is a voyage of discovery.
b. Research is a scientific approach of answering a research question, solving a
problem, or generating new knowledge through a systematic and orderly
collection, organization, and analysis of information with the ultimate goal of
making the research useful in decision-making. Systematic research in any field
of inquiry involves three basic operations- 1. Data collection: It refers to
observing, measuring, and recording information

2. Data analysis: It refers to arranging and organizing the


collected data so that we may be able to find out what their significance is and
generalize about them.

3. Report writing: It is an inseparable part and an outcome of


a research study. Its purpose is to convey the information
contained in it to the readers or audience.

c. A Research Paper is a piece of Academic Writing based on its author’s original


research on a particular topic and the analysis and interpretation of the research
findings. It can be either a Term Paper, a Master’s Thesis, or a Doctoral
Dissertation. To achieve supreme excellence or perfection in anything you do,
you need more than just the knowledge. Like the Olympic athlete aiming for the
gold medal, you must have a positive attitude and the belief that you can
achieve it. That is the real start of writing an A+ Research Paper.

1.1 How to Start a Research Paper?


a. Choose a topic that interests and challenges you. Your attitude towards the topic
may well determine the amount of effort and enthusiasm you put into your research.
b. Focus on a limited aspect, e.g., narrow it down from “Religion” to “World Religion” to
“Buddhism.” Obtain teacher approval for your topic before embarking on a full-scale
research. If you are uncertain as to what is expected of you in completing the
assignment or project, re-read your assignment sheet carefully or ASK your
teacher.
c. Select a subject you can manage. Avoid subjects that are too technical, learned, or
specialized. Avoid topics that have only a very narrow range of source materials.
1.2 Find Information
a. For general or background information, check out useful URLs, general information
online, almanacs or encyclopedias online such as Britannica. Use search engines
and other search tools as a starting point.
Pay attention to domain name extensions, e.g., .edu (educational institution), .gov
(government), or .org (non-profit organization). These sites represent institutions
and tend to be more reliable but be watchful of possible political bias in some
government sites. Be selective of .com (commercial) sites. Many .com sites are
excellent; however, a large number of them contain advertisements for products
and nothing else. Network Solutions provides a link where you can find out what
some of the other extensions stand for. Be wary of the millions of personal home
Pages on the Net. The quality of these personal homepages varies greatly.
Learning how to evaluate websites critically and to search effectively on the Internet
can help you eliminate irrelevant sites and waste less of your time.
b. The recent arrival of a variety of domain name extensions such as .biz (commercial
businesses), .pro, .info (info on products / organizations), .name, .ws (WebSite), .cc
(Cocos Island) or .sh (St. Helena) or .tv (Tuvalu) may create some confusion as you
would not be able to tell whether a .cc or .sh or .tv site is in reality a .com, a .edu, a
.gov, a .net, or a .org site. Many of the new extensions have no registration
restrictions and are available to anyone who wishes to register a different domain
name that has not already been taken. For instance, if Books.com is unavailable,
you can register as Books.ws or Books.info via a service agent such as
Register.com.
c. To find books in the Library, use the OPAC (Online Public Access Catalog).
1.3 Check out online resources, Web-based information services, or special
resource materials on CDs:
• Online reference materials (including databases, e.g., SIRS, ProQuest, eLibrary, etc.);
• Wall Street Executive Library;
• Index to Periodicals and Newspapers (e.g., MagPortal.com,
OnlineNewspapers.com, etc.);
• Encyclopedias (e.g.Britannica, Canadian Encyclopedia, etc.);
• Newspapers;
• Google Scholar;
• Answers.com – an online dictionary and encyclopedia all-in-one resource that you can
install on your computer free of charge and find one-click answers quickly;
• Magazines and Journals;
• International Public Library;
• Subject Specific software (e.g., discovering authors, exploring Shakespeare, etc.).

a. Check out public and university libraries, businesses, government agencies, as well as
contact knowledgeable people in your community.
b. Read and evaluate. Bookmark your favorite Internet sites. Printout, photocopy and
take notes of relevant information.
c. As you gather your resources, jot down full bibliographical information (author, title,
place of publication, publisher, date of publication, page numbers, URLs, creation or
modification dates on Web pages, and your date of access) on your worksheet,
printout, or enter the information on your laptop or desktop computer for later retrieval.
If printing from the Internet, it is wise to set up the browser to print the URL and date of
access for every page. Remember that an article without bibliographical information is
useless since you cannot cite its source.
2. Characteristics of Research

a. Research is a process through which we attempt to achieve systematically and


with the support of data, the answer to a question, the resolution of a problem,
or a greater understanding of a phenomenon. This process has eight distinct
characteristics:

1. Originates with a question or problem.


2. Requires a clear articulation of a goal.
3. Follows a specific plan of procedure.
4. Usually divides the principal problem into more manageable sub-problems.
5. Is guided by the specific research problem, question, or hypothesis.
6. Accepts certain critical assumptions.
7. Requires the collection and interpretation of data in attempting to resolve the
problem that initiated the research.
8. It is by its nature, cyclical, or more exactly, helical.

Make your Thesis Statement

Most research papers normally require a thesis statement. If you are not sure, ask your
teacher whether your paper requires it.

A thesis statement is the main idea, a central point of your research paper. The arguments
you provide in your paper should be based on this central idea. That is why it is so important.
Do some critical thinking and write your thesis statement down in one sentence. Your
research paper thesis statement is like a declaration of your belief. The main portion of your
essay will consist of arguments to support and defend this belief.

A thesis statement should be provided early in your paper – in the introduction part, or the
second paragraph if your paper is longer.

It is impossible to create a thesis statement immediately when you have just started fulfilling
your assignment. Before you write a thesis statement, you should collect, organize, and
analyze materials and your ideas. You cannot make a finally formulated statement before you
have completed your research paper. It will naturally change while you develop your ideas.

Stay away from generic and too fuzzy statements and arguments. Use a particular subject.
The paper should present something new to the audience to make it interesting and educative
to read.

Avoid citing other authors in this section. Present your own ideas in your own words instead of
simply copying from other writers.

A Thesis Statement should do the following:

• Explain to the readers how you interpret the subject of the research.
• Tell the readers what to expect from your paper.
• Answer the question you were asked.
• Present your claim, which other people may want to dispute.

Make sure your thesis is strong. If you have time and opportunity, show it to your instructor to
revise. Otherwise, you may estimate it yourself.

You must check:

• Does my statement answer the question of my assignment?


• Is my statement precise enough? It should not be too general and vague.
• Does the body of my manuscript support my thesis, or are they different things?
Compare them and change if necessary. Remember that changing elements of your
work in the process of writing and reviewing is normal.
• Can my position be disputed or opposed? If not, maybe you have just provided a
summary instead of creating an argument.
• Does it pass a so-called “so what” test? Does it provide new/interesting information to
your audience, or does it simply state a generic fact?

A well-prepared thesis means well-shaped ideas. It increases the credibility of the paper and
makes a good impression of its author—more helpful hints about Writing a Research Paper.

Make a Research Paper Outline

3. A Research Paper has the following Structure:

• Title Page (including the title, the author’s name, the name of a University or college,
and the publication date);
• Abstract (brief summary of the paper – 250 words or less);
• Introduction (background information on the topic or a brief comment leading into the
subject matter – up to 2 pages);
• Manuscript Body, which can be broken down in further sections, depending on the
nature of research:

oMaterials and Methods


oResults (what are the results obtained)
oDiscussion and Conclusion etc.
• Reference;
• Tables, Figures, and Appendix (optional);

An Outline might be Formal or Informal.


An informal outline (working outline) is a tool helping an author put down and organize their
ideas. It is subject to revision, addition, and canceling, without paying much attention to form. It
helps an author to make their key points clear for him/her and arrange them.

Sometimes the students are asked to submit formal outlines with their Research Papers.

In a formal outline, numbers and letters are used to arrange topics and subtopics. The letters
and numbers of the same kind should be placed directly under one another. The topics
denoted by their headings and subheadings should be grouped in a logical order.

All points of a research paper outline must relate to the same major topic that you first
mentioned in your capital, Roman numeral.

4. Phases of Research.
The work on the research can be divided up into three phases, the
planning phase, the project phase, and the documentation phase.

answer four questions: (a) what will be done? (b) why is it an important thing to do? (c) what
are the objectives and scope of the work? And (d) how will it be done?

a.Planning Phase: One of the keys to developing successful research is the


careful planning of it from the outset. The mechanism for project planning is a
proposal. The function of a proposal is to answer four questions: (a) what will
be done? (b) why is it an important thing to do? (c) what are the objectives and
scope of the work? And (d) how will it be done?

b.Project Phase: The actual work on the project is called the project phase. It is
a good idea to keep a diary or project log during the phase. It is a point where a
look back at what has been done and a look forward at what remains to be
done. It is also useful to write up rough statements of what has been done
occasionally to help later in the documentation phase.

c.Documentation Phase: The documentation phase or the preparation of the


research should occur continually during the project. The proposal and progress
reports written during the project phase can form the basis for much of the final
document. The following is a general outline for a research report. Of course, it
is possible to deviate from this outline as the needs of the project dictate.

Beginning Material: i.e., Title Page, Abstract, Key Word List, Table of Contents,
List of Figures and List of Tables, Acknowledgements

Chapter 1: Introduction – Statement of the Problem, Hypotheses, why it is


important, Objectives of the Work, Scope of the Work

Chapter 2: Background and Literature Review – discuss related work and


indicate how it relates to the report
Chapter 3: Procedure – describe the procedure used in the project, data used,
and how it was obtained

Chapter 4: Results – indicate what happened and interpret what it means

Chapter 5: Conclusions and Recommendations – summarize conclusions


and what they mean (i.e., answer the question, “So what?”). What changes and
further work do you recommend?

Customarily, every research begins with a question or a problem of some sort. The
research aims to know ‘something more’ about ‘something’ or to discover answers to
meaningful questions through the application of scientific procedures. Legal analysis is not an
exception to this general precept of research. However, undertaking and executing legal
research as a systematic inquiry is a complex process. It involves a three-stage process.
Each one of them warrants skills. The processes are research planning (Planning Phase),
research implementation (Project Phase), and presenting of research findings (Documentation
Phase). Research planning requires the necessary sub-skills for fact collection, legal analysis,
legal knowledge, problem identification, legal analysis, fact analysis, further fact collection,
identification of avenues of research, and generation of key (search) words. Research
implementation, as the second-stage process, involves the skills pertaining to the
identification of problems for resolution, identification of relevant research source materials,
location of the source materials, effective use.

The following is a sample Outline of a Typical Proposal:


1. Introduction – including a statement of the problem to be studied – why is it an
important thing to do?
2. Objectives of the work (a clear, concise statement).
3. Scope and limits of the project.
4. A preliminary survey of related work and literature.
5. Proposed procedure (maybe a series of steps, task flow diagram, etc., including a
schedule for when the tasks will be done).
6. Sources of data to be used.
7. Anticipated results (i.e., what questions will the project answer, or what problems will
be solved; what benefits will result when the work is completed?).
8. Schedule of work by the task.
9. A preliminary outline of the research report.

Research Paper Outline Format

I. INTRODUCTION
a. Overview of an issue you are examining – include your main assertion or argument
(thesis statement)
b. Offer a short justification - why your readers or target audience should care about
your research paper (study importance)
c. A brief explanation of the paper’s scope and planned method to be used in
examining your issue

II. ISSUE
a. The history behind the issue
b. How this issue impacts society
c. Critical factors impacting this issue
d. Possible solutions to be explored in your study

III. LITERATURE REVIEW


a. Theories, constructs, and concepts (journal articles, textbooks, and
relevant publications)
o i. Describe related theories used to explain issues or theories used to propose
a solution to the issue
o ii. How were concepts or theoretical constructs defined?
o iii. Describe the relevance of major theories used to explain the issue
b. Empirical literature (journal articles)
o i. Overview of relevant empirical studies done to date
o ii. Summary of methodology
o iii. What were the major findings of your study?
o iv. What were the limitations raised regarding the findings of the study?
c. Your pathway – based on what you discovered in the literature review
o i. Whose concept(s) and definition(s) are you going to borrow or use in your own
research (if applicable)?
o ii. Describe unique aspect(s) of issue that you will be examining
o iii. Based on what you read so far, describe method that suits best for your own
research

IV. METHOD
a. State specific research questions that you are examining
b. Describe research method – data and information collection process
c. Justify or provide a rationale - why you chose this specific method

V. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION


a. Describe or list major findings
b. Use tables, charts, and graphical illustration to help explain findings
c. Discuss the relevance of findings in light of previous studies
d. Did any results surprise you? Was there anything that supported previous finding(s)?
e. What was the main limitation of your study?

VI.CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

a. A brief recap of issue examined, the method used, and significant finding(s)
b. Briefly remind readers about the original goal of this study and what you
accomplished in your research work
c. Describe how future researchers can expand or build on your work

The purpose of an outline is to help you think through your topic carefully and organize
it logically before you start writing. A good outline is the most important step in writing a good
paper. Check your outline to make sure that the points covered flow logically from one to the
other. Include in your outline an INTRODUCTION, a BODY, and a CONCLUSION. Make the
first outline tentative.

5. What is APA in Research Paper Citation and Documentation?

a. APA is the style of documentation of sources used by the American Psychological


Association. This form of writing research papers is used mainly in the social
sciences, like psychology, anthropology, sociology, as well as education and other
fields.

5.1 How Does APA Style Work?

a. When working with APA, there are two things to keep in mind: in-text citations and
the reference page. In-text citations will use the author’s name and the date within
your research paper. These citations will refer back to the reference page at the
end, which lists all the sources that you may have used in your research paper.

Note: If you are assigned a research paper in APA style for one of your courses, it’s a
good idea to ask your instructor the questions below. He or she will be able to explain
details about the requirements for the paper. For now, we will go over the basic
instructions on how to use in-text citations and how to set up the reference page.

5.2 When Would I Have to Cite a Source in APA?

Anytime you summarize, paraphrase, or quote information from another source, like
passages from books or articles in an academic journal, you are required to list within
your text the author’s name and the year the article was published. There are a couple
of ways this can be arranged. Here are a few examples.

o Another theory came from the idea of the “matching hypothesis.” This was
presented by Goffman (1952), who believed that men tended to choose
spouses who were of similar social status. The sums of these attributes include
are social skills, wealth, power, intelligence, attractiveness, and other skills that
are valued in society.

With the example above, the writer puts the author’s last name in the text and
immediately after it puts the date in parentheses.
o In 1971 Berscheid, Dion, Walster, and Walster conducted another “computer
date” dance. This time they paired similar attractive persons together for the
date. An independent panel of judges assessed the attractiveness of each of the
subjects.

Here, the authors’ names and the date of publication are both put into the body of the
text, without using parentheses.

5.3 Citing a Journal Article

If I cite a journal article in the body of my text, does it mean that the authors of
that journal article agree with the arguments in my paper?

No, not necessarily. Dr. Sadler, a professor in the psychology department at IUP,
states that you can cite articles that will agree or disagree with your ideas. He goes on
to say:

o The agreement or disagreement should be conveyed by your wording. For


example, “This interpretation is consistent with findings by Smith and Jones
(1999) .......” Or, you might say, “If my prediction is confirmed, it will falsify the
theory of episodic memory proposed by Tulving (1984)” Or, “A number of
researchers do not agree with this view (e.g., Brown, 1993; Stevens, 1992;
Treisman, 1994).”

So, not only can you use journal articles to support your ideas, but you can also use
them to show that some authors do not agree with your ideas or have ideas different
from yours.

5.4 Preparing to Cite A Source

How do I let the reader know that I am about to cite a source?

To let the reader know that a journal article is about to be cited in the body of your
paper, you can use signal phrases that are appropriate for the ideas you want to
express. These words include: adds, argues, claims, denies, illustrates, grants, notes,
observes, suggests, etc. You could also use the standard, “said.”

This is expressed in the sample below:

o In an influential article, Terrace, Petitto, Sanders, and Bever (1979) argued that
the apes in the language experiments were not using language spontaneously
but were merely imitating their trainers, responding to conscious or unconscious
cues.

5.5 References Page


What is the References page, and how is it put together?

The References page lists all the sources you have cited in your paper. The entry for a
journal article should look like this:

o Berscheid, E., Dion, K. K., Walster, E., and Walster, G. W. (1971). Physical
attractiveness and dating choice: A test of the matching hypothesis. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 7, 173-189.

As you can see in the example above, the authors’ names appear first (last name, first
name). Then the year of publication is given in parentheses. Then the title is listed (with
only the first word of the title, the first word after the colon, and proper nouns
capitalized). Then the name of the journal (in italics) is listed, the volume number, and
finally, the pages of the article.

For a book, the entry looks like this:

o Schaller, G. B. (1993). The Last Panda. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

In the example above, the author’s name is listed (last name, first name), then the date,
followed by the title with only the first word capitalized, the city of publication, and then
the name of the publisher.

Written by Mariel Lorenz


This guide for APA was adapted from Hacker, D. (2003). A Writer’ Reference. (5th
ed.). Boston: St. Martin's.
American Psychological Association. (2001). Publication Manual of the American
Psychological Association. (5th ed.). Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
Updated January 28, 2005, by Renee Brown Degree at a College or University.

To perform the aforesaid big picture (unit learning outcomes) for the first three (3)
weeks of the course, you need to fully understand the following essential knowledge that will
be laid down in the succeeding pages. Please note that you are not limited to refer to these
resources exclusively. Thus, you are expected to utilize other books, research articles, and
other resources that are available in the university’s library, e.g., ebrary, search.proquest.com,
etc.
1. The Research Paper and Its Significance.

a. Research is important for researchers in studying social relations and in


seeking answers to various social problems.
b. Research provides the basis for nearly all government policies in our
economic system.
c. Research has its special significance in solving various operational and
planning of business and industry.
d. Research is needed to develop strategies and models in rural development.
e. The role of research in several fields of applied economics, whether related
to business or the economy as a whole, has greatly increased in modern
items.
f. Research inculcates scientific and inductive thinking, and it promotes the
development of logical habits of thinking and organization.
g. To students who are to write a master’s or Ph.D. thesis, research may mean
a way to attain a high position in the social structure.
h. To professionals, research may mean a source of livelihood.
i. To literary men and women, research may mean the development of new
style and creative work.
j. To analysts and intellectuals, research may mean the generalizations of
new theories.

Accordingly, research is the foundation of knowledge for the sake of


knowledge and an important source for providing guidelines for solving different
business, government, and social problems. Moreover, Research Paper will
improve the quality of one’s life and, at the same time, a very good venue to gain
money if ever you can publish one, two, three, or more in a Journal not only
national but most of all, internationally acknowledged Journals.

2. The Importance of APA Style: Giving Credit to Get Credit

a. It is nearly impossible to escape college without writing at least one essay or


research paper, and likely many more. That is why it’s vital to understand the
importance of citation or citing your sources. It not only keeps you organized, but
it can protect you from potential problems. APA Style, or American
Psychological Association, is the standard format for almost all social science
research fields. It was designed to standardize scientific writing.

2.1 Giving Credit Where Credit is Due


a. Citation helps the author avoid plagiarism and the serious consequences that come
along with it. If you use others' ideas, research, or findings without citing them, you are
essentially taking credit for their work, which is viewed as cheating by most educational
institutions. Citing is a professional courtesy that acknowledges the work of others. In
doing so, it also strengthens the credibility of your own work. It shows your research is
comprehensive and helps make your arguments more convincing.
2.2 Consistency Gives Clarity
a. APA Style provides clarity to papers on often complex topics. It makes papers
easier to read and understand. When sources are cited the same way each time
and the paper is written in a uniform format, it gives it better flow and helps keep the
focus on the content of the paper. APA style can also help the author better
organize their research and help the reader easily find information that is important
for evaluating that research.

2.3 The Basics of APA Style

a. APA style typically breaks papers down into eight sections; title page, abstract,
introduction, method, results, discussion, references, and appendices.

b. Each page is numbered in the right-hand corner and has a header with the title of
the paper on it.
c. The entire paper should be double-spaced with no extra spaces between
paragraphs.
d. The font should be set at either Times New Roman, 12 points, or Arial, 12 points.
e. Standard margins are one inch all the way around.

2.3 When and How to Cite a Source


a. Whenever you use someone else’s words, research, results, or ideas in the
body of your paper, there should be a citation. If you are ever in doubt, play it safe,
and cite the source. Citations in the body of the paper, called in-text citations, have
the author’s last name and year of publication in parenthesis. If there is a citation in
the body of the paper, it must also be listed on the reference page and vice versa.

b. On the reference page, all references should be listed alphabetically by the last
name of the author. The reference page requires more information than an in-text
citation. Typically, you should include any of the following information you have in
the following order; author(s) name, date, the title of the book, title of the article,
title of the periodical, volume, pages, place of publication, and publisher.
c. While it can seem like a daunting task, there are several websites and software
programs available to help format your paper correctly. The most important thing is
to credit your sources, or you may find yourself receiving no credit for your work.

1. https://www.scribbr.com/category/research-paper/
2. https://thebestschools.org/resources/how-to-write-
research-paper/
3. https://www.easybib.com/guides/citation-guides/apa-
format/
4. https://www.citationmachine.net/apa/cite-a-book

Let’s Check

Activity 1. Now that you know the most essential concepts in the study of
Research Paper. Let us try to check your understanding of these
concepts. In the space provided, write the term/s or concept/s being
asked in the following statements:

_ 1. It literally implies repeating a search for something and


implicitly assumes that the earlier search was not exhaustive and complete in the sense
that there is still scope for improvement

_ 2. What type of writing is Research Paper?

_ 3. What do you call the central point of your Research Paper?

Items 4-8: Identify the Structure Parts of the Research Paper described in the
following numbers.

4. Statement of the Problem, Hypotheses, why it is important,


Objectives of the Work, Scope of the Work.

5. Discusses related work and indicate how it relates to the report.

6. Describes the procedure used in the project, data used, and


how it was obtained

7. Indicates what happened and interpret what it means.

8. Summarizes conclusions and what they mean.

9. What does APA stand for as documentation or citation used


in writing Research Paper?

10. Give at least five materials where you can possibly get
your information or data of your Research Paper?
Let’s Analyze

Activity 1.

Getting acquainted with the essential terms and concepts of the Research Paper, what
also matters is you should also be able to explain or articulate its inter-relationships. Now,
I will require you to explain your answers to the following questions thoroughly.

1. Why is Research Paper writing important for you as a college student?

_ _.

2. If asked to write a topic in Research Paper, what will it be and why?

.
In a Nutshell

Acti
vity
1.

The Student will choose a topic of his/her great Interest and write/prepare an Outline
and deliver and present it for 2-3 minutes with an Introduction, Body, and Conclusion. Be
guided by the Grading Criteria.

Criteria:

Organization of Speech 30%


Content 20%
Delivery 30%
Voice 20%
TOTAL 100%

Activity 2.

Students will gather five (5) Articles from newspapers, magazines, or from the Net related
to the topic of his/her own Interest, which he/she delivered and presented with the use
PowerPoint Presentation. The five (5) Articles should be summarized in one paragraph only
and at the end of each paragraph, write the source or citation.

Grading Criteria:

1. Formulation & Creativity of PowerPoint Slides 20%


2. Delivery & Presentation 30%
3. Content & Organization 25%
4. Knowledge & Persuasion 25%
TOTAL 100%
Questions / Issues Answers

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Research Paper Decision-making References

Scientific Investigation Data Gathering


APA
Documentation/Citat
ion
Outline
Thesis Statement Result & Discussion
REFERENCES

Baumann, C. (2014). Universities as portals of globalization: Crossroads of


internationalization and area studies. Working Papers Series of the Center for
Area Studies no. 4. Leipzig Universitatsverlag GmbH. Retrieved from
http://ww.academia. edu/8078903

Bennett, J.M., & Bennett, M.J. (2004). Developing intercultural sensitivity: An


integrative approach to global and domestic diversity. Ind. Landis, J.M.
Bennet, & M. J. Bennett (Eds. Handbook of intercultural training (3rd ed.,
pp. 147-165). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Bearne, E., and Wolstencroft, H. (2007). Section 1: What are multimodal texts? In Visual
Approaches to Teaching Writing: Multimodal Literacy, 5-11. DOI:
http://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781446214398.n1. Retrieved
http://sk.sagepub.com/books/visual- approaches-to-teaching-writing/n1.xml

Bell, K. (2020). What are the benefits of PowerPoint presentations? Retrieved


https://smallbusiness.chron.com/benefits-powerpoint-55958.html

Berry, H. (2020). The importance of sign language. Retrieved


https://bryantarchway.com/the- importance-of-sign-language/

Cambridge Dictionary (2020). Speech. Retrieved https://dictionary.cambridge.org/


dictionary/english/speech

Castigador, A. (2019). Speak and write for a purpose. Cavite: ACC Book, Publishing

COBUILD Advanced English Dictionary (2020). HarperCollins Publishers.


Retrieved https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/common-
language

Collins English Dictionary (2020). Speech. Retrieved https://www.collinsdictionary.com/


dictionary/English/speech

Early, P.C., & Ang, S. (2003). Cultural intelligence: Individual interactions across
cultures. Stanford University Press.

Godin, S. (2012). Reading a speech. Retrieved https://mannerofspeaking.org/2012/02/


13/reading- a-speech/

Griffith, C., and Cansiz, G. (2015). Language learning strategies: A holistic view. Studies
in Second Language Learning and Teaching. DOI: 10.14746/ssllt.2015.5.3.7.
Retrieved
https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1135034.pdf
Groeger, L. (2012). Making sense of the world, making sense at a time. In Scientific
American. Retrieved https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/making- sense-
world-several-senses-at-time/

Hughes, M. and Pike, S. (2010). Creating multimodal text. Retrieved


https://sites.google.com/site/aismultimodaltext/1-what-is-multimodal-text

Instructional Technology 3. (2011). Meaning of audio-visual aids. Retrieved


http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/mod/page/view.php?id=80762

Khoury, P. (2020). Extemporaneous speech: Perform under pressure from the board
room to next job interview. Retrieved https://magnericspeaking.com/
extemporaneous- speaking-perform-under-pressure-from-the-board-room-to-
next- job-interview/

Khoury, P. (2020). How to give an impromptu speech? Retrieved https://


magneticspeaking.com/how-to-give-an-impressive-impromptu-speech/

Knapp, J. (2019). How to start a blog- Beginner’s guide. Retrieved


https://www.bloggingbasics101.com/how-do-i-start-a-blog/

Larson, B. and Dr. Hallen (1998). A history of sign language. Retrieved


https://linguistics.byu.edu/classes/Ling450ch/reports/sign-language.html

Lera, D. (2020). Why I learned American sign language, and you should too. Retrieved
https://smackhappy.com/2020/04/asl-benefits-communication/

Lvivity (2020). Web-based applications: What it is and why you should use it?
Retrieved https://lvivity.com/web-based-applications

Madrunio, M.R., & Martin, I.P. (2018). Purposive Communication using English
in multilingual contexts. C&E Publishing, In., Quezon City, Philippines.

Merriam-Webster Dictionary (2020). Speech. Retrieved https://www.merriam-webster.


com/dictionary/speech

New Horizons Group (2015). The importance of powerpoint presentations. Retrieved


https://www.newhorizons.com/article/the-importance-of-powerpoint-in-business

O’Brien, B. (2019). Right speech from the Buddhist eightfold path. Retrieved
https://www.learnreligions.com/right-speech-450072

Oxford Dictionary (2020). Speech definition. Retrieved https://www.lexico.com/definition/


Speech

Purdue Online Writing Lab (2020). Transition words. Retrieved https://owl.purdue.


edu/engagement/ged_preparation/part_1_lessons_1_4/transitions.html
Reading Rockets (2020). Transition words and phrases. Retrieved
https://www.readingrockets.org/content/pdfs/transition%20words.pdf

Reference.com (2020). What is a memorized speech? Retrieved https://www.


reference.com/world-view/memorized-speech-a5445f5506cfd8b8

Sandler, Wendy; & Lillo-Martin, Diane. (2006). Sign Language and Linguistic
Universals. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Skraba, A. (2019). What is a blog? The definition of a blog, blogging, and blogger.
Retrieved from https://firstsiteguide.com/what-is-blog/

Smith, D. (2019). What you need to know about learning preferences. Retrieved
https://www.bizlibrary.com/blog/learning-methods/learning-preferences/

Social Mettle (2019). Manuscript speech: Its definition, examples, and presentation
tips. Retrieved https://socialmettle.com/manu script-speech-definition-examples

Spencer, L. (2018). What is public speaking, and why is it important? Retrieved


https://business.tutsplus.com/tutorials/what-is-public-speaking--cms-31255

Spiers, C. (2017). The importance of preparation. Retrieved https://executivesecretary.


com/the-importance-of-preparation/

Study.com (2020). Four types of speech delivery: Impromptu, extemporaneous,


manuscript & memorized. Retrieved
https://study.com/academy/lesson/types-of- speech-delivery- impromptu-
extemporaneous-manuscript-and-memorized.html

Suarez, C. et al. (2018). Purposive communication in English. Ateneo de Manila


University Press. Quezon City, Philippines.

Taylor, M. How to communicate well with people from other cultures. Retrieved
https://www.wikihow.com/Communicate-Well-With-People-from-Other-Cultures

Techopedia (2017). Web-based application. Retrieved from


https://www.techopedia.com/definition/26002/web-based-application

The Free Dictionary (2020). Speech. Retrieved https://www.thefreedictionary.com/


speech

The Newman Group, Inc. (2020). Communicating with people who speak a different
language. Retrieved https://www.presenting-yourself.com/business-
presentation- skills/communicating-with-people-who-speak-a-different-
language/
Weebly (2020). Benefits of multi-modal texts. Retrieved
http://edf2151bonnielilford.weebly.com/benefits-of-multimodal-texts.html

Zoleta, M.A. et.al.(2018). Purposive communication. Mindshapers, Co., Inc.,


Manila, Philippines

Electronic References:

https://www.thewrap.com/celebrities-who-have-been-accused-of-cultural-
appropriation-photos/ Retrieved April 25, 2020

http://www.curriculum.edu.au/leader/helping_teachers_to_explore_multimodal_texts,3
152 2.html?issueID=12141 Retrieved April 25, 2020

https://visual.ly/community/infographic/education/cost-college-education-philippines
Retrieved April 25, 2020

https://encryptedtbn0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn%3AANd9GcQRzUZc9lNtHa0xr32Ve
P66 CBRixaB3KmtIQ-ywPFLNLLjBfPKW Retrieved Retrieved April 25, 2020

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/editorial-cartoon-back-to-school-supplies
Retrieved April 25, 2020

https://www.behindrollingchair.com/dinner-for-a-cause/ Retrieved April 25, 2020

https://www.ozassignments.com/impact-of-social-media-in-21st-century/Retrieved
April 25, 2020

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j7_rihFMB78/ Retrieved April 25, 2020

https://news.abs-cbn.com/life/multimedia/photo/02/18/20/war-versus-
infodemic/Retrieved April 25, 2020

https://news.abs-cbn.com/life/multimedia/photo/04/09/20/heroes-in-the-medical-
battlefield/Retrieved April 25, 2020

https://www.learning.blogs.nytimes.comwww.learning.blogs.nytimes.com/Retrieved
April 25, 2020

https://www.academia.edu › CharacterInTheWorkplace.com Retrieved April 25, 2020

https:// www.coursehero.com › file › CharacterInTheWorkplace.com Retrieved April 25,


2020

https:// www.coursehero.com › file › Introduction-to-Technical-Writing.com Retrieved


April 25, 2020

https://www.incorp.asia › importance-of-good-communication-at-the-workplace.com
Retrieved April 25, 2020

https:// www.powershow.com › view › CHARACTER_IN_THE WORKPLACE.com


Retrieved April 25, 2020

http://dictionary.reference.com/browse/thesis.com Retrieved April 25, 2020

https://grammar.yourdictionary.com/word-definitions/definition-of
technicalwriting.html http://www.jpsimbulan.net/thesis-writing-
guide/how- to-write-a-thesis/.com Retrieved April 25, 2020

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OVAMbKui6A Retrieved April 25, 2020

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vpAWMccWqso Retrieved April 25,

2020, https://www.owl.purdue.edu › owl › purdue_owl.com Retrieved April

25, 2020
(1) All teachers/course facilitators and students are expected to abide by an honor code of
conduct, and thus everyone and all are exhorted to exercise self-management and self-
regulation.
(2) All students are guided by professional conduct as learners in attending OBD courses. Any
breach and violation shall be dealt with properly under existing guidelines, specifically in
Section 7 (Student Discipline) in the Student Handbook.
(3) Professional conduct refers to the embodiment and exercise of the University’s Core Values,
specifically in the adherence to intellectual honesty and integrity; academic excellence by
giving due diligence in virtual class participation in all lectures and activities, as well as
fidelity in doing and submitting performance tasks and assignments; personal discipline in
complying with all deadlines; and observance of data privacy.
(4) Plagiarism is a serious intellectual crime and shall be dealt with accordingly. The University
shall institute monitoring mechanisms online to detect and penalize plagiarism.
(5) Students shall independently and honestly take examinations and do assignments, unless
collaboration is clearly required or permitted. Students shall not resort to dishonesty to
improve the result of their assessments (e.g. examinations, assignments).
(6) Students shall not allow anyone else to access their personal LMS account. Students shall
not post or share their answers, assignment or examinations to others to further academic
fraudulence online.
(7) By enrolling in OBD or DED courses, students agree and abide by all the provisions of the
Online Code of Conduct, as well as all the requirements and protocols in handling online
courses.
College of Arts and Sciences Education
2nd
Floor, DPT Building
Matina Campus, Davao City
Telefax: (082)
Phone No.: (082)300-5456/305-0647 Local 118

Prepared by:

CABRADILLA, JONATHAN, Ph.D.


Faculty, Languages Discipline

KILESTE, FER LIVETTE, Ed.D.


Faculty, Languages Discipline

VANESSA CUESTA, MAEd-ELT


Faculty, Languages Discipline

Reviewed by:

EDWIN L. NEBRIA, Ed.D.


Chair, Languages Discipline

Approved by:

KHRISTINE MARIE D. CONCEPCION, Ph.D.


Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Education

133

You might also like